<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" media="screen" href="/~d/styles/rss2full.xsl"?><?xml-stylesheet type="text/css" media="screen" href="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~d/styles/itemcontent.css"?><rss xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/" xmlns:wfw="http://wellformedweb.org/CommentAPI/" xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/" xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xmlns:sy="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/syndication/" xmlns:slash="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/slash/" xmlns:feedburner="http://rssnamespace.org/feedburner/ext/1.0" version="2.0">

<channel>
	<title>Microsoft Office Training Blog</title>
	
	<link>http://office.blogs.webucator.com</link>
	<description>Trainers' thoughts on Microsoft Office products</description>
	<lastBuildDate>Mon, 31 Oct 2011 17:36:08 +0000</lastBuildDate>
	<language>en</language>
	<sy:updatePeriod>hourly</sy:updatePeriod>
	<sy:updateFrequency>1</sy:updateFrequency>
	<generator>http://wordpress.org/?v=3.2.1</generator>
		<atom10:link xmlns:atom10="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" rel="self" type="application/rss+xml" href="http://feeds.feedburner.com/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog" /><feedburner:info uri="microsoftofficetrainingblog" /><atom10:link xmlns:atom10="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" rel="hub" href="http://pubsubhubbub.appspot.com/" /><item>
		<title>How To Setup Job Costing in QuickBooks</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~3/7CP5aSLTVsI/</link>
		<comments>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2011/10/20/how-to-setup-job-costing-in-quickbooks/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Thu, 20 Oct 2011 18:38:28 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Bob Clary</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[QuickBooks]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://office.blogs.webucator.com/?p=1051</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[To help students in our QuickBooks training and other business training classes, we&#8217;ve invited industry experts to provide additional QuickBooks tutorials. Today, we welcome Dominique Molina, President of the American Institute of Certified Tax Coaches. Dominique has developed the following blog. Who does your clientele consist of? Do you have lawyers, contractors, interior designers, or [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="tweetmeme_button" style="float: right; margin-left: 10px;">
			<a href="http://api.tweetmeme.com/share?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2011%2F10%2F20%2Fhow-to-setup-job-costing-in-quickbooks%2F"><br />
				<img src="http://api.tweetmeme.com/imagebutton.gif?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2011%2F10%2F20%2Fhow-to-setup-job-costing-in-quickbooks%2F&amp;style=normal&amp;b=2" height="61" width="50" /><br />
			</a>
		</div>
<p><em> To help students in our <a href="http://www.webucator.com/finance-accounting-training/quickbooks-training.cfm">QuickBooks training</a> and other business training classes, we&#8217;ve invited industry experts to provide additional QuickBooks tutorials. Today, we welcome Dominique Molina, President of the American Institute of Certified Tax Coaches. Dominique has developed the following blog.</em><br />
<span id="more-1051"></span><br />
Who does your clientele consist of? Do you have lawyers, contractors, interior designers, or other clients that might have multiple projects going on at once? A great opportunity to keep track of these multifaceted projects exists in QuickBooks’ Job costing features.</p>
<p>By using the features that QuickBooks provides, you can keep track of information that can be very useful that you would not otherwise have. In this post, we’re going to walk through how to setup job costing in QuickBooks.</p>
<h3>Step 1- Initial Preferences Configuration of QuickBooks</h3>
<p>The first step is to be certain that QuickBooks is properly configured. To accomplish this you must first select <strong><em>Edit</em> </strong>and then <em><strong>Preferences</strong></em>. Click on <strong><em>Jobs &amp; Estimates</em> </strong>and then choose the <em><strong>Company Preferences</strong></em> tab.</p>
<p style="text-align: center"><a href="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2011/10/job-costing-11.jpg"><img class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-1060" src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2011/10/job-costing-11.jpg" alt="" width="488" height="286" /></a></p>
<p>Under the <em><strong>Company Preferences</strong></em> tab you must make the appropriate changes before initiating job creation. You may also want to check <em><strong>Time &amp; Expenses</strong></em> on the left hand menu to ascertain that time tracking is active, if you intend on tracking the on the job.</p>
<h3>Step 2- Constructing Job Types</h3>
<p>You must design <em><strong>Job Types</strong></em><em> </em>before you assign jobs to clients. To do this, choose <em><strong>Lists</strong></em> &gt; then <em><strong>Customer &amp; Vendor Profile Lists</strong></em> &gt; <em><strong>Job Type List</strong></em>. A small window (<em><strong>Job Type List</strong></em>) will appear with command buttons at the bottom left hand side.</p>
<p style="text-align: center"><a href="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2011/10/job-costing-2.jpg"><img class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-1061" src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2011/10/job-costing-2.jpg" alt="" width="317" height="218" /></a></p>
<p>Press the <em><strong>Job Type</strong></em> tab and select <em><strong>New</strong></em>; another window will pop up (<em><strong>New Job Type</strong></em>). From there, fill in information about the job type. For example, if you are a Certified Public Accountant you might have “Year End Tax Return” as a job type.</p>
<p>You can repeat this for multiple job types and create subtypes under each category by selecting New again and entering the name of the subtype. For example, a “home remodel” job might have “painting” or “flooring” as a sub-type.</p>
<h3>Step 3- Setting Up Jobs for Customers</h3>
<p><em>Customer Jobs</em><em> </em>will subsist as their own distinct entity to which you will assign these jobs to your clients. This is achieved by starting at the <em><strong>Customer Center</strong></em>.</p>
<p>Choose to assign a job to a client by right clicking on the client and selecting <em><strong>Add Job</strong></em>. The <em><strong>New Job</strong></em> window appears which ought to include your client’s profile. Select the<em> </em><em><strong>Job Info</strong></em> tab and enter the <em><strong>Job Name</strong></em> in the appropriate field. Sticking with the Tax theme you could enter <em><strong>Tax Preparation</strong></em>, and skip <em><strong>Opening Balance</strong></em> box.</p>
<p>Next you would select the status of the job under <strong><em>Job Status</em> </strong>drop-down menu choices of <strong><em>None</em>,</strong> <em><strong>Pending</strong></em>, <strong><em>Awarded</em>,</strong> <em><strong>In Progress</strong></em>, <em><strong>Closed</strong></em>, or <em><strong>Not Awarded</strong></em>. Then fill in other necessary fields such as<strong><em> <em>Start Date</em></em></strong>,<em><strong> <em>Projected End</em></strong></em>, or <em><strong>End Date</strong></em>,<em> </em><em><strong>Job Description</strong></em> and select the appropriate <em><strong>Job Type</strong></em> which as set up previously. Once all the information has been added, select <em><strong>OK</strong></em><em> </em>to save the job.</p>
<p style="text-align: center"><a href="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2011/10/job-costing-3.jpg"><img class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-1062" src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2011/10/job-costing-3.jpg" alt="" width="453" height="248" /></a></p>
<p>You will now be able to use this information for transactions and reports. You also need to be aware that to ensure the correct job has been chosen when generating an estimate or invoice for a specific job or filtering a report. This will keep your recordkeeping precise.</p>
<h3>Step 4- Producing Invoices Throughout the Job</h3>
<p>You may have clients that have ongoing projects that are for a prolonged period of time. This is not a situation in which you would want to wait until the end of a job to bill your client. Using QuickBooks you have the ability to create estimates and dispatch progress invoices which you can use as you see fit.</p>
<p>Creating a progress invoice during a job can be done by following these steps. First create the estimate and then select <em><strong>Create Invoice</strong></em> while viewing the invoice. You will have a window that offers three billing options which include: create invoice for entire estimate, create invoice for a percentage of the entire estimate in which you will enter the percentage of estimate in the box provided, or create invoice for selected items or for different percentages of each item. Once you make a choice on the option you would like, then select <em><strong>OK</strong></em>. The invoice will emerge based upon your selection.</p>
<p style="text-align: center"><a href="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2011/10/job-costing-4.jpg"><img class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-1063" src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2011/10/job-costing-4.jpg" alt="" width="483" height="108" /></a></p>
<h3>Step 5- Advanced Reporting for Your Jobs</h3>
<p>By doing these job definitions upfront you will be rewarded with great reporting capabilities that are offered in QuickBooks. The reports will let you decipher how the projects are performing in several areas: <em><strong>Estimate Accuracy</strong></em>, <em><strong>Time and Mileage</strong></em>, <em><strong>Sunk Costs</strong></em>, <em><strong>Job Status and Productivity</strong></em>.</p>
<p>We’ll cover how to use standard as well as custom job costing reports in a future post.</p>
<p><a href="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2011/10/CTC-headshot.jpg"><img class="alignleft size-full wp-image-1064" src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2011/10/CTC-headshot.jpg" alt="" width="72" height="108" /></a>Dominique Molina is President of the <a href="http://www.certifiedtaxcoach.org">American Institute of Certified Tax Coaches</a>, an organization of tax professionals who are trained to help their clients rescue thousands of dollars in wasted tax. In addition to her blogging and speaking engagements, Dominique provides <a href="http://www.certifiedtaxcoach.org/resources-you-need/cpe-details/">CPA continuing education</a> as a registered educator with the National Association of State Boards of Accountancy (NASBA).</p>
<img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~4/7CP5aSLTVsI" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2011/10/20/how-to-setup-job-costing-in-quickbooks/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2011/10/20/how-to-setup-job-costing-in-quickbooks/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>Using Mail Merge in Microsoft Word 2010</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~3/LqpAVvn1lBg/</link>
		<comments>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2011/08/31/using-mail-merge-in-microsoft-word-2010/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 31 Aug 2011 18:40:03 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Bob Clary</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Office]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Word]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://office.blogs.webucator.com/?p=1036</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Mail Merge is most often used to print or email form letters to multiple recipients. Using Mail Merge, you can easily customize form letters for individual recipients. Mail Merge is also used to create envelopes or labels in bulk. There are two ways to create a Mail Merge: Use the Mail Merge Wizard. Use the [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="tweetmeme_button" style="float: right; margin-left: 10px;">
			<a href="http://api.tweetmeme.com/share?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2011%2F08%2F31%2Fusing-mail-merge-in-microsoft-word-2010%2F"><br />
				<img src="http://api.tweetmeme.com/imagebutton.gif?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2011%2F08%2F31%2Fusing-mail-merge-in-microsoft-word-2010%2F&amp;style=normal&amp;b=2" height="61" width="50" /><br />
			</a>
		</div>
<p>Mail Merge is most often used to print or email form letters to multiple recipients.  Using Mail Merge, you can easily customize form letters for individual recipients.  Mail Merge is also used to create envelopes or labels in bulk.<span id="more-1036"></span></p>
<p>There are two ways to create a Mail Merge:</p>
<ol>
<li>Use the <strong>Mail Merge Wizard</strong>.</li>
<li>Use the commands on the <strong>Mailings </strong>tab.</li>
</ol>
<p>The two ways are not mutually exclusive.  You can start with the Mail Merge Wizard and then use commands to make additional changes.  We will start by demonstrating in detail how to use the Mail Merge Wizard to create a Mail Merge, and then walk through using the commands on the Mailings tab.</p>
<h3>Using the Mail Merge Wizard</h3>
<p>To use the Mail Merge Wizard:</p>
<ol>
<li>In a blank Microsoft Word document, click on the <strong>Mailings </strong>tab and in the Start Mail Merge group, click <strong>Start Mail Merge</strong>.<a href="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2011/08/Word2010C-MailMerge1.gif"><img class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-1037" src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2011/08/Word2010C-MailMerge1.gif" alt="" width="321" height="115" /></a></li>
<li>Click <strong>Step by Step Mail Merge Wizard</strong>.<br />
<a href="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2011/08/Word2010C-MailMerge2.gif"><img class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-1038" src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2011/08/Word2010C-MailMerge2.gif" alt="" width="233" height="231" /></a></li>
<li>In step 1 of the Mail Merge Wizard, select your document type. In this demo we will select <strong>Letters</strong>. Click <strong>Next: Starting document</strong>.<a href="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2011/08/Word2010C-MailMerge3.gif"><img class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-1039" src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2011/08/Word2010C-MailMerge3.gif" alt="" width="200" height="390" /></a></li>
<li>In step 2, select the starting document. In this demo we will use the current (blank) document.  Select <strong>Use the current document</strong> and then click <strong>Next: Select Recipients</strong>.
<ul>
<li>Note that selecting <strong>Start from existing document</strong> (which we are not doing in this demo) changes the view and gives you the option to choose your document.  After you choose it, the Mail Merge Wizard reverts to <strong>Use the current document</strong>.</li>
</ul>
</li>
<p><a title="Word 2010 Course" href="http://www.webucator.com/instructor-guided-e-learning/course/introduction-to-microsoft-word-2010-training.cfm?utm_source=blog&amp;utm_medium=banner&amp;utm_campaign=IGEad"><img src="http://farm7.static.flickr.com/6193/6100383637_c94d07cdd5.jpg" alt="Word 2010 Course" width="200" height="350" align="right" /></a></p>
<li>In step 3, select recipients. In this demo we will create a new list, so select <strong>Type a new list</strong> and then click <strong>Create</strong>.
<ol>
<li>Create a list by adding data in the New Address List dialog box and clicking OK.</li>
<li>Save the list.</li>
<li>Note that now that we have created a list, the Mail Merge Wizard reverts to <strong>Use an existing list</strong> and we have the option to edit the recipient list.</li>
<li>Selecting Edit recipient list opens up the Mail Merge Recipients dialog box, where we can edit the list and select or unselect records. Click OK to accept the list as is.</li>
<li><strong>Click Next: Write your letter</strong>.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>In step 4, we write the letter and add custom fields.
<ol>
<li>Click<strong> Address block</strong> to add the recipient&#8217;s addresses at the top of the document.</li>
<li>In the Insert Address Block dialog box, check or uncheck boxes and select options on the left until the address appears the way you want it to.<a href="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2011/08/Word2010C-MailMerge12.gif"><img class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-1040" src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2011/08/Word2010C-MailMerge12.gif" alt="" width="502" height="266" /></a>
<ul>
<li>Note that you can use Match Fields to correct any problems. Clicking Match Fields opens up the Match Fields dialog box, in which you can associate the fields from your list with the fields required by the wizard.</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li>Press <kbd>Enter</kbd> on your keyboard and click <strong>Greeting line&#8230;</strong> to enter a greeting.</li>
<li>In the Insert Greeting Line dialog box, choose the greeting line format by clicking the dropdown arrows and selecting the options of your choice, and then click OK.</li>
<li>Note that the address block and greeting line are surrounded by chevrons (Â« Â»). Write a short letter and click <strong>Next: Preview your letters</strong>.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>In step 5, preview your letter and click <strong>Next: Complete the merge</strong>.</li>
<li>In step 6, click <strong>Print </strong>to print your letters or <strong>Edit individual letters</strong> to further personalize some or all of the letters.</li>
</ol>
<h3>Using the Mail Merge commands</h3>
<p style="text-align: center">When you click on the Mailings tab, you will notice that most of the commands are greyed out.<a href="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2011/08/Word2010C-MailMerge18.gif"><img class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-1041" src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2011/08/Word2010C-MailMerge18.gif" alt="" width="491" height="89" /></a></p>
<p>This is because you cannot use them until after you have created or selected a set of recipients. After doing so, the commands become available.</p>
<p>To learn more about some of these features, check out our <a href="http://www.webucator.com/classes/word-2010-training.cfm">Microsoft Word 2010 training</a>.</p>
<img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~4/LqpAVvn1lBg" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2011/08/31/using-mail-merge-in-microsoft-word-2010/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>1</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2011/08/31/using-mail-merge-in-microsoft-word-2010/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>Animate a Table in Microsoft PowerPoint 2010</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~3/qwekPTpyRQo/</link>
		<comments>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2011/07/01/animate-a-table-in-microsoft-powerpoint-2010/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 01 Jul 2011 13:03:57 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Steve Sopchak</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Microsoft PowerPoint]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Animation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[PowerPoint]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Tables]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://office.blogs.webucator.com/?p=1023</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[In PowerPoint, when you&#8217;re working with SmartArt or Charts, you have the ability to animate different parts of the graphic. For example, you can bring in a chart&#8217;s series one at a time. Tables are another story. A table comes in all at once. But there are things you can do if you want to [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="tweetmeme_button" style="float: right; margin-left: 10px;">
			<a href="http://api.tweetmeme.com/share?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2011%2F07%2F01%2Fanimate-a-table-in-microsoft-powerpoint-2010%2F"><br />
				<img src="http://api.tweetmeme.com/imagebutton.gif?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2011%2F07%2F01%2Fanimate-a-table-in-microsoft-powerpoint-2010%2F&amp;style=normal&amp;b=2" height="61" width="50" /><br />
			</a>
		</div>
<p>In PowerPoint, when you&#8217;re working with <em>SmartArt</em> or <em>Charts</em>, you have the ability to animate different parts of the graphic. For example, you can bring in a chart&#8217;s series one at a time. Tables are another story. A table comes in all at once. But there are things you can do if you want to &#8220;fill&#8221; your table a bit at a time. There are a few ways of accomplishing this, some being a lot of work. I&#8217;m going to look at a pretty simple method. <span id="more-1023"></span></p>
<p>What we&#8217;re going to do is duplicate a completed table, stack it, remove parts of the data, and then animate each table. When you do this type of stacking, it&#8217;s best to use a simple animation like &#8220;Appear.&#8221; The Selection and Visibility Pane is going to be very handy here, so open it. To do this, on the <strong>Home</strong> tab, in the <strong>Editing</strong> group, click the <strong>Select</strong> drop down and chose <strong>Selection Pane</strong>.<br />
<img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2011/07/070111_1303_AnimateaTab1.png" alt="" /></p>
<h3>How to Animate a Table</h3>
<ol>
<li>Create your table and format it the way you want (you really don&#8217;t want to have to go back and reformat it after you&#8217;ve started animating it). You may want to make a copy of this slide in case you need to start again. In the <strong>Selection </strong>pane, you&#8217;ll see the table listed as Content Placeholder #. You can always rename this. I named mine &#8220;Table1&#8243;.<br />
<img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2011/07/070111_1303_AnimateaTab2.png" alt="" /></li>
<li>Use <strong>Ctrl+D</strong> to duplicate the table however many times you need for your animation steps. In my example, I want to bring in each quarter&#8217;s numbers separately, so I need a total of 5 tables. (If you make too many, just delete the extras.) As you duplicate the table, you&#8217;ll see each shape keeps the same name. Again, you can rename these. Objects in the Selection Pane are stacked; the one on the top of the list is in front of the others.</li>
<li>Drag a marquee around all the tables to select them. (Click above and to the left of the tables and drag until all the tables are in the rectangle, then release the mouse button.) You can also <strong>Ctrl+Click</strong> in the Selection Pane to choose the tables.</li>
<li>Stack the tables. On the Drawing Tools <strong>Format</strong> tab, in the <strong>Arrange</strong> group, click <strong>Align</strong>. Select <strong>Align Left</strong> and <strong>Align Top</strong> (you have to drop the <strong>Align</strong> menu twice). At this point, your Selection Pane might look something like this:<br />
<img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2011/07/070111_1303_AnimateaTab3.png" alt="" /></li>
<li>Hide the shapes you don&#8217;t need right now (Table2-Table5) by clicking on the Eye icon for each shape.</li>
<li>Delete the content you don&#8217;t want to display in the first animation (in my case, all the numbers).</li>
<li>Do this for each of the tables (the top one should have all your data).</li>
<li>Animate each table. While you could do something fairly dynamic with the first (bottom) table, you&#8217;ll probably want to stick with something less distracting for the other layers (Appear would be a good choice).</li>
<li>When you&#8217;re done, make sure you <strong>Show All</strong> in your Selection Pane (hidden shapes will not display in your slide show).</li>
</ol>
<p>You can experiment with different table formats (maybe even no background or boarder) and animations. It may take a little time to build, but a table animation can be very effective.</p>
<p>Learn more from our <a href="http://www.webucator.com/microsoft/office.cfm?utm_source=Blog&amp;utm_medium=Post&amp;utm_campaign=OFFICEblog">Office training</a>. <strong>Hear about our latest webinars by subscribing to our newsletter.</strong><strong> </strong><strong><a href="http://www.webucator.com/webunews/index.cfm">Click here to subscribe.</a></strong></p>
<img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~4/qwekPTpyRQo" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2011/07/01/animate-a-table-in-microsoft-powerpoint-2010/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>1</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2011/07/01/animate-a-table-in-microsoft-powerpoint-2010/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>WordArt in Microsoft PowerPoint 2010</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~3/QP7v_9Jr6Kc/</link>
		<comments>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2011/06/15/wordart-in-microsoft-powerpoint-2010/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 15 Jun 2011 18:09:17 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Steve Sopchak</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Microsoft PowerPoint]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://office.blogs.webucator.com/?p=1015</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[WordArt in various Microsoft products has been around for a while. In case you&#8217;re wondering, it let you apply various (non-standard) formatting to text that was not available otherwise. It was nice, but limited, and a bit cumbersome. Starting with PowerPoint 2007, you could apply effects to any text on your slide. Let&#8217;s take a [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="tweetmeme_button" style="float: right; margin-left: 10px;">
			<a href="http://api.tweetmeme.com/share?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2011%2F06%2F15%2Fwordart-in-microsoft-powerpoint-2010%2F"><br />
				<img src="http://api.tweetmeme.com/imagebutton.gif?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2011%2F06%2F15%2Fwordart-in-microsoft-powerpoint-2010%2F&amp;style=normal&amp;b=2" height="61" width="50" /><br />
			</a>
		</div>
<p>WordArt in various Microsoft products has been around for a while. In case you&#8217;re wondering, it let you apply various (non-standard) formatting to text that was not available otherwise. It was nice, but limited, and a bit cumbersome. Starting with PowerPoint 2007, you could apply effects to any text on your slide. Let&#8217;s take a look.<span id="more-1015"></span></p>
<p>If you want to, you can add WordArt using the <strong>WordArt</strong> command on the <strong>Insert</strong> tab in the <strong>Text</strong> group.</p>
<ol>
<li>On the Insert tab, in the Text group, click WordArt. The WordArt Styles gallery opens.<br />
<img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2011/06/061511_1809_WordArtinMi1.png" alt="" /></li>
<li>Click on the style you want to insert, and a text box appears with the text &#8220;Your text here&#8221;, with the WordArt style you selected applied to it.<br />
<img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2011/06/061511_1809_WordArtinMi2.png" alt="" /></li>
<li>Edit the text to whatever you want it to be.</li>
</ol>
<p>At this point, you&#8217;ll see a Drawing Tools <strong>Format</strong> context tab. Here you&#8217;ll find the <strong>WordArt Styles</strong> group.<br />
<img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2011/06/061511_1809_WordArtinMi3.png" alt="" /></p>
<p>This contains the preset styles gallery, and drop downs for controlling the <em>Text Fill</em>, <em>Text Outline</em>, and (most fun) <em>Text Effects</em>.<br />
<img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2011/06/061511_1809_WordArtinMi4.png" alt="" /></p>
<p>As you can see, there are a lot of possibilities to explore. It really doesn&#8217;t take much effort to convert my title in to something a bit fancier.<br />
<img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2011/06/061511_1809_WordArtinMi5.png" alt="" /></p>
<p>While we specifically inserted WordArt above, we really didn&#8217;t need to do this. In PowerPoint, if you click in any kind of text place holder, you&#8217;ll see that Format tab. So you can apply WordArt formatting to titles, subtitles, bullet lists, and text in shapes.</p>
<p>There is one thing to keep in mind while you&#8217;re working on your presentation. WordArt, like other &#8220;special effects&#8221;, has more impact when used sparingly. If every bit of text on every slide has WordArt styles applied, then nothing stands out (and I&#8217;ll bet it&#8217;ll be really hard to read).</p>
<p>Get the latest tips, tutorials, and news about our classes by email! <a href="http://www.webucator.com/webunews/index.cfm">Click here</a> to sign up for our newsletter!</p>
<img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~4/QP7v_9Jr6Kc" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2011/06/15/wordart-in-microsoft-powerpoint-2010/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>1</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2011/06/15/wordart-in-microsoft-powerpoint-2010/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>Adding a Background Graphic to a Microsoft Excel 2010 Chart</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~3/zl-stSk1_14/</link>
		<comments>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2011/06/09/adding-a-background-graphic-to-a-microsoft-excel-2010-chart/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Thu, 09 Jun 2011 15:27:38 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Steve Sopchak</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Excel]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Office]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://office.blogs.webucator.com/?p=1004</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Creating charts in Excel 2010 is pretty straightforward. Select your data, choose your chart type, and presto, you have a basic chart. While the three tabs you see after you create that chart might seem a bit overwhelming, they give you a whole lot of flexibility for getting your chart the way you want. Let&#8217;s [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="tweetmeme_button" style="float: right; margin-left: 10px;">
			<a href="http://api.tweetmeme.com/share?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2011%2F06%2F09%2Fadding-a-background-graphic-to-a-microsoft-excel-2010-chart%2F"><br />
				<img src="http://api.tweetmeme.com/imagebutton.gif?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2011%2F06%2F09%2Fadding-a-background-graphic-to-a-microsoft-excel-2010-chart%2F&amp;style=normal&amp;b=2" height="61" width="50" /><br />
			</a>
		</div>
<p>Creating charts in Excel 2010 is pretty straightforward. Select your data, choose your chart type, and presto, you have a basic chart. While the three tabs you see after you create that chart might seem a bit overwhelming, they give you a whole lot of flexibility for getting your chart the way you want. Let&#8217;s take a look at adding a background graphic to the chart. <span id="more-1004"></span></p>
<p>Here&#8217;s a basic Column chart:<br />
<img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2011/06/060911_1527_AddingaBack1.png" alt="" /></p>
<p>Add a title and a chart style (in this case, Style 26) and you&#8217;ve added some visual interest (for some reason, only known to Microsoft, this is one of the few times that <em>Live Preview</em> doesn&#8217;t seem to work)<br />
<img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2011/06/060911_1527_AddingaBack2.png" alt="" /></p>
<p>Not bad, but suppose you&#8217;d like to include a graphic as the chart&#8217;s background. You can use clipart, a photo, or, even better, your company&#8217;s logo. Since I don&#8217;t have your company&#8217;s logo, I&#8217;ll just use clipart.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select your chart (the <strong>Chart Tools</strong> context ribbons only show when the chart is selected).</li>
<li>On the <strong>Chart Tools: Format</strong> tab, in the <strong>Current Selection</strong> group, make sure <strong>Chart Area</strong> is selected (or select it from the drop down).<br />
<img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2011/06/060911_1527_AddingaBack3.png" alt="" /></li>
<li>In the <strong>Current Selection</strong> group, click <strong>Format Selection</strong>.</li>
<li>In the <strong>Format Chart Area</strong> dialog box, select <strong>Picture or texture fill</strong> from the radio buttons.<br />
<img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2011/06/060911_1527_AddingaBack4.png" alt="" /></li>
<li>Your options are <em>File</em>, <em>Clipboard</em>, or <em>Clip Art</em>. Navigate to the image you want and click <strong>OK</strong> or <strong>Insert</strong>. In this case, I selected <em>Clip Art</em> and searched on <em>printing</em>.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Insert</strong> (or <strong>OK</strong> for Clip Art)</li>
<li>
<div>If your image shows up in the background, but not behind the chart:<br />
<img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2011/06/060911_1527_AddingaBack5.png" alt="" /></div>
<ol>
<li>In the <strong>Current Selection</strong> group, select <strong>Plot Area.<br />
</strong></li>
</ol>
<ol>
<li>In the <strong>Shape Fill</strong> group, select <strong>No Fill</strong>. You selection will appear in the background.</li>
</ol>
<p><img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2011/06/060911_1527_AddingaBack6.png" alt="" /></li>
<li>
<div>At this point, your image may very overwhelm your chart. For clarity sake, you&#8217;ll want increase the transparency of the background image.</div>
<ol>
<li>In the <strong>Current Selection</strong> group, select <strong>Chart Area.</strong></li>
<li>Select <strong>Format Selection</strong>.</li>
<li>At the bottom of the <strong>Format Chart Area</strong> dialog box, change the <strong>Transparency</strong>. The closer you get to 100, the more faded out the image will be (the image below is set to 80% transparency). Click <strong>Close</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2011/06/060911_1527_AddingaBack7.png" alt="" /></li>
</ol>
<p>The key to adding any background image to your chart is making sure that image is not obscuring the actual chart data. A background image (such as your logo), can add a lot, but you shouldn&#8217;t lose sight of what you&#8217;re actually presenting.</p>
<p>Since Microsoft Office supports Charting functions in pretty much all of its applications, you can use the same technique in Word, PowerPoint and even Outlook if you like.</p>
<p>Get the latest tips, tutorials, and news about our classes by email! <a href="http://www.webucator.com/webunews/index.cfm">Click here</a> to sign up for our newsletter!</p>
<img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~4/zl-stSk1_14" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2011/06/09/adding-a-background-graphic-to-a-microsoft-excel-2010-chart/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2011/06/09/adding-a-background-graphic-to-a-microsoft-excel-2010-chart/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>Microsoft Office Certification Training</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~3/OFNJlZXvtHI/</link>
		<comments>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2011/06/07/microsoft-office-certification-training/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 07 Jun 2011 15:14:48 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Bob Clary</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Access]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Excel]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Office]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Microsoft PowerPoint]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Word]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://office.blogs.webucator.com/?p=993</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[We&#8217;ve recently developed new resources to help clients achieve their Microsoft certification goals. We now offer a directory of Microsoft certification training, organized according to specific certification paths and the associated courses. More specifically, we have the Microsoft Office Specialist certification training. The certification directory contains a wide variety of Microsoft certification paths including SharePoint, [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="tweetmeme_button" style="float: right; margin-left: 10px;">
			<a href="http://api.tweetmeme.com/share?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2011%2F06%2F07%2Fmicrosoft-office-certification-training%2F"><br />
				<img src="http://api.tweetmeme.com/imagebutton.gif?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2011%2F06%2F07%2Fmicrosoft-office-certification-training%2F&amp;style=normal&amp;b=2" height="61" width="50" /><br />
			</a>
		</div>
<p>We&#8217;ve recently developed new resources to help clients achieve their Microsoft certification goals. We now offer a directory of <a href="http://www.webucator.com/certification/microsoft-certification-training/">Microsoft certification training</a>, organized according to specific certification paths and the associated courses. More specifically, we have the <a href="http://www.webucator.com/certification/microsoft-certification-training/microsoft-office-specialist.cfm">Microsoft Office Specialist certification training</a>.</p>
<div><span id="more-993"></span></div>
<p>The certification directory contains a wide variety of Microsoft certification paths including SharePoint, SQL, Dynamics, .Net, and more. Within each path, we&#8217;ve listed the available Microsoft Official Courses, which will help the applicant prepare for the certification exam. To help visitors learn more about the final exams, we also listed the exam links for each specific certification, to help visitors learn more about the final exams.</p>
<p>Here&#8217;s a cool video from Microsoft showing the value of becoming certified:</p>
<div style="text-align: center">[youtube:http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vuHolrGDrfo&amp;h=505&amp;w=640]</div>
<p>To view the new Microsoft Certification Training Directory, <a href="http://www.webucator.com/certification/microsoft-certification-training/">click here</a>. To view all of our Microsoft Office training classes, <a href="http://www.webucator.com/microsoft/office.cfm">click here</a>.</p>
<img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~4/OFNJlZXvtHI" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2011/06/07/microsoft-office-certification-training/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2011/06/07/microsoft-office-certification-training/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>Gridlines, Nudge, and Guides in Microsoft PowerPoint 2010</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~3/EfoKlCo6dHQ/</link>
		<comments>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2011/05/18/gridlines-nudge-and-guides-in-microsoft-powerpoint-2010/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 18 May 2011 15:10:19 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Steve Sopchak</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Microsoft PowerPoint]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://office.blogs.webucator.com/?p=987</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[You may not be aware of it, but PowerPoint offers a couple of nifty little tools to help you position objects on your slides. Gridlines and Guides allow you to precisely place all of you various objects (titles, text boxes, graphics, etc.). Just a note, when you&#8217;re using these tools, it&#8217;s useful to have the [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="tweetmeme_button" style="float: right; margin-left: 10px;">
			<a href="http://api.tweetmeme.com/share?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2011%2F05%2F18%2Fgridlines-nudge-and-guides-in-microsoft-powerpoint-2010%2F"><br />
				<img src="http://api.tweetmeme.com/imagebutton.gif?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2011%2F05%2F18%2Fgridlines-nudge-and-guides-in-microsoft-powerpoint-2010%2F&amp;style=normal&amp;b=2" height="61" width="50" /><br />
			</a>
		</div>
<p>You may not be aware of it, but PowerPoint offers a couple of nifty little tools to help you position objects on your slides. <em>Gridlines</em> and <em>Guides</em> allow you to precisely place all of you various objects (titles, text boxes, graphics, etc.). Just a note, when you&#8217;re using these tools, it&#8217;s useful to have the <em>Ruler</em> turned on (on the <strong>View</strong> tab, in the <strong>Show</strong> group, check <strong>Ruler</strong>). <span id="more-987"></span></p>
<h2>Gridlines</h2>
<p>By default, gridlines are spaced 0.083 inches apart (if you do the math, that&#8217;s 1/12 of an inch). Fortunately, when you display the gridlines, you see the minor division at one inch intervals; otherwise your slide would look way too busy (even though the gridlines don&#8217;t display when you&#8217;re showing a slide show).<br />
<img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2011/05/051811_1510_Gridlinesan1.png" alt="" /></p>
<p>Also, by default, <strong>Snap objects to grid</strong> is turned on. This means when you move objects around on your slide, they &#8220;snap&#8221; to the nearest minor division. This can be very useful when you&#8217;re positioning objects.</p>
<h3>To Display Gridlines</h3>
<p>There are a couple of ways to display the gridlines:</p>
<ul>
<li>On the <strong>Home</strong> tab, in the <strong>Drawing</strong> group, click <strong>Arrange</strong>, and in the <strong>Align</strong> submenu, click <strong>View Gridlines</strong><br />
<img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2011/05/051811_1510_Gridlinesan2.png" alt="" /></li>
<li>On the <strong>View</strong> tab, in the <strong>Show</strong> group, check the <strong>Gridlines</strong> box.</li>
<li>Press <strong>Shift+F9</strong>.</li>
</ul>
<h3>To Change Gridline Settings</h3>
<p>You change the gridline settings in the Grid and Guides dialog box.<br />
<img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2011/05/051811_1510_Gridlinesan3.png" alt="" /></p>
<p>To display the Grid and Guides dialog box:</p>
<ul>
<li>On the <strong>Home</strong> tab, in the <strong>Drawing</strong> group, click <strong>Arrange</strong>, and in the <strong>Align</strong> submenu, click <strong>Grid Settings.<br />
</strong></li>
<li>On the <strong>View</strong> tab, in the <strong>Show</strong> group, click the dialog box launcher.<br />
<img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2011/05/051811_1510_Gridlinesan4.png" alt="" /></li>
<li>Right click on a blank area of the slide and select <strong>Grid and Guides</strong>.</li>
</ul>
<p>From here, you can change the spacing and turn off the <strong>Snap objects to grid</strong>, among other things.</p>
<h2>Nudging Objects</h2>
<p>With &#8220;snapping&#8221; turned on, you can use the arrow keys to snap to the nearest division. You can override the snap setting by holding down the <strong>Ctrl</strong> key while you use the arrow keys. This will move your object one pixel at a time.</p>
<h2>Guides</h2>
<p>While the gridlines are fixed positions (depending on your settings), guides are movable lines on your slides. This is extremely useful when you want objects on different slides to be in the same relative position.</p>
<p>By default, when you display guides, you get one vertical and one horizontal guide at the center of your slide (0, 0). You can drag the guides to where you want them (you&#8217;ll see the offset from the center as you drag the guide).<br />
<img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2011/05/051811_1510_Gridlinesan5.png" alt="" /></p>
<h3>To Display the Guides</h3>
<ul>
<li>On the <strong>View</strong> tab, in the <strong>Show</strong> group, check the <strong>Guides</strong> box (new in PowerPoint 2010, thank you Microsoft).</li>
<li>Open the <strong>Grid and Guides</strong> dialog box and check <strong>Display drawing guides on screen</strong>.</li>
<li>Press <strong>Alt+F9</strong>.</li>
</ul>
<p>You can create multiple guides by holding down the <strong>Ctrl</strong> key while you drag a guide (make sure you let go of the mouse button before you release the <strong>Ctrl</strong> key). You can get rid of multiple guides by dragging them off the slides (you can&#8217;t drag the original guides past the edges of the slide).</p>
<p>All in all, these really cool features can be very helpful when you&#8217;re creating your masterpiece.</p>
<p>Get the latest tips, tutorials, and news about our classes by email! <a href="http://www.webucator.com/webunews/index.cfm">Click here</a> to sign up for our newsletter!</p>
<img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~4/EfoKlCo6dHQ" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2011/05/18/gridlines-nudge-and-guides-in-microsoft-powerpoint-2010/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2011/05/18/gridlines-nudge-and-guides-in-microsoft-powerpoint-2010/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>Close Window Button in Microsoft Word 2010</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~3/mBIvuZNZKZo/</link>
		<comments>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2011/05/12/close-window-button-in-microsoft-word-2010/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Thu, 12 May 2011 15:51:27 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Steve Sopchak</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Word]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://office.blogs.webucator.com/?p=969</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[I recently had a question about the window control buttons (Minimize, Restore, Close) that seem to be missing in Word 2010 documents. In truth, I never really paid much attention to their absence. I thought it was too easy to accidently hit the Close application button by mistake, so I never got into the habit [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="tweetmeme_button" style="float: right; margin-left: 10px;">
			<a href="http://api.tweetmeme.com/share?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2011%2F05%2F12%2Fclose-window-button-in-microsoft-word-2010%2F"><br />
				<img src="http://api.tweetmeme.com/imagebutton.gif?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2011%2F05%2F12%2Fclose-window-button-in-microsoft-word-2010%2F&amp;style=normal&amp;b=2" height="61" width="50" /><br />
			</a>
		</div>
<p>I recently had a question about the window control buttons (Minimize, Restore, Close) that seem to be missing in Word 2010 documents. In truth, I never really paid much attention to their absence. I thought it was too easy to accidently hit the Close application button by mistake, so I never got into the habit of working with them. While it&#8217;s not really obvious what setting to change, you can display the buttons if you like using them.<br />
<img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2011/05/051211_1551_TheCloseWin11.png" alt="" /><span id="more-969"></span></p>
<ol>
<li>On the <strong>File</strong> tab, click <strong>Options</strong>.</li>
<li>Click the <strong>Advanced</strong> button and scroll down to the <strong>Display</strong> group.</li>
<li>Uncheck <strong>Show all windows in the Taskbar</strong>.<br />
<img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2011/05/051211_1551_TheCloseWin21.png" alt="" /></li>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>. The window control buttons will display in the document.</li>
</ol>
<p>Now, if you want, you can use the <strong>Arrange All</strong> command on the <strong>View</strong> tab to stack your open documents in the Word window. You don&#8217;t have a choice about how they&#8217;re arranged.</p>
<p>There are some tradeoffs. By default each Word document displays in its own Word window, with its own ribbon. What this means in Windows 7 is that when you mouse over the Word button in your Taskbar, you see (pretty big) thumbnails of the open Word documents, along with their titles. Then you can select the document you want.<br />
<img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2011/05/051211_1551_TheCloseWin3.png" alt="" /></p>
<p>When you uncheck the default, all documents are in a single window, so you can&#8217;t select a different document from the Taskbar. Also, if you&#8217;re accustomed to using <strong>Alt+Tab</strong> to switch to different documents, that won&#8217;t work either (as I said, all of your documents are now in a single window).</p>
<p>As for me, I prefer having the individual windows open. I just add a couple of commands to the <strong>Quick Access Toolbar</strong>. I add the <strong>Close</strong> command from the <strong>File</strong> tab, and the <strong>Switch Windows</strong> command from the <strong>View </strong>tab.</p>
<p>Learn more about our <a href="http://www.webucator.com/classes/word-2010-training.cfm">Word 2010 training</a>. Get the latest tips, tutorials, and news about our classes by email! <a href="http://www.webucator.com/webunews/index.cfm">Click here</a> to sign up for our newsletter!</p>
<img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~4/mBIvuZNZKZo" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2011/05/12/close-window-button-in-microsoft-word-2010/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>1</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2011/05/12/close-window-button-in-microsoft-word-2010/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>Bookmarks in Microsoft Word 2010</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~3/67DrvhFUXO8/</link>
		<comments>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2011/05/05/bookmarks-in-microsoft-word-2010/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Thu, 05 May 2011 18:25:56 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Steve Sopchak</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Word]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://office.blogs.webucator.com/?p=961</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[If you regularly use a browser (like now, for instance) you&#8217;re probably very familiar with the concept of setting bookmarks in your browser. It&#8217;s a quick way of getting where you want to go. When you&#8217;re working with Word documents, you can also set bookmarks within your document. This is especially useful when you&#8217;re working [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="tweetmeme_button" style="float: right; margin-left: 10px;">
			<a href="http://api.tweetmeme.com/share?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2011%2F05%2F05%2Fbookmarks-in-microsoft-word-2010%2F"><br />
				<img src="http://api.tweetmeme.com/imagebutton.gif?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2011%2F05%2F05%2Fbookmarks-in-microsoft-word-2010%2F&amp;style=normal&amp;b=2" height="61" width="50" /><br />
			</a>
		</div>
<p>If you regularly use a browser (like now, for instance) you&#8217;re probably very familiar with the concept of setting bookmarks in your browser. It&#8217;s a quick way of getting where you want to go. When you&#8217;re working with Word documents, you can also set bookmarks within your document. This is especially useful when you&#8217;re working with long documents and want to be able to quickly return to a specific location in your document. <span id="more-961"></span></p>
<p>Besides being a navigation tool, you can create hyperlinks and cross-references to bookmarks. If you normally create a <em>Table of Contents</em>, you can use bookmarks to also add a table of contents that covers only the bookmarked part of your document.</p>
<h2>Adding a Bookmark</h2>
<p>You can add bookmarks anywhere in a document. You can either bookmark the current cursor location, or bookmark anything you have selected (text, graphics, etc.). By default, bookmarks are invisible, even if you are showing formatting characters. If you want to see your bookmarks you need to change a setting in the Advanced Word options.</p>
<p>Bookmark names should be descriptive. They must start with a letter and can contain up to 40 characters. They cannot contain spaces, but you can use the underscore to separate words. For example, you could use &#8220;NewBookmark&#8221; or &#8220;New_Bookmark&#8221; but not &#8220;New Bookmark&#8221;.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select what you want to bookmark, or click where you want the bookmark to be inserted.</li>
<li>On the <strong>Insert</strong> tab, in the <strong>Links</strong> group, click <strong>Bookmark</strong>. The Bookmark dialog box appears.<br />
<img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2011/05/050511_1825_Bookmarksin1.png" alt="" /></li>
<li>Name your bookmark. If you already have bookmarks defined, an existing bookmark name will appear in the name box. Type a new name before you click <strong>Add</strong>, otherwise the existing bookmark will be moved to the new location.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Add</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<h2>Displaying the Bookmarks in Your Document</h2>
<p>It&#8217;s a good idea to display the bookmarks in your document, especially if you&#8217;re using them as targets for hyperlinks or cross-references. You don&#8217;t want to accidently delete a bookmark that&#8217;s used as a reference mark.</p>
<p>How a bookmark displays depends on whether or not you have something selected when the bookmark is inserted. If no text is selected, it will display as an I-beam. If something is selected, you&#8217;ll see brackets around the selection.<br />
<img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2011/05/050511_1825_Bookmarksin2.png" alt="" /></p>
<ol>
<li>To see your bookmarks, click the <strong>File</strong> tab and select <strong>Options</strong>.</li>
<li>In the <strong>Advanced</strong> section of your <strong>Word Options</strong> dialog, check <strong>Show bookmarks</strong>.<br />
<img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2011/05/050511_1825_Bookmarksin3.png" alt="" /></li>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<h2>Navigating with Bookmarks</h2>
<p>You can use the Bookmark dialog box to go to your bookmarks. You can also use the <strong>Go To</strong> tab on the Find and Replace dialog box.</p>
<ol>
<li>On the <strong>Home</strong> tab, in the <strong>Editing</strong> group, click the <strong>Find</strong> drop down and select <strong>Go To</strong>.<br />
<img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2011/05/050511_1825_Bookmarksin4.png" alt="" /></li>
<li>In the <strong>Find and Replace</strong> dialog box, select <strong>Bookmark</strong> in the <strong>Go to what</strong>: section<br />
<img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2011/05/050511_1825_Bookmarksin5.png" alt="" /></li>
<li>Select the bookmark you want from the drop down and click <strong>Go To</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>Learn more about our <a href="http://www.webucator.com/classes/word-2010-training.cfm">Word 2010 training</a>. Get the latest tips, tutorials, and news about our classes by email! <a href="http://www.webucator.com/webunews/index.cfm">Click here</a> to sign up for our newsletter!</p>
<img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~4/67DrvhFUXO8" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2011/05/05/bookmarks-in-microsoft-word-2010/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>2</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2011/05/05/bookmarks-in-microsoft-word-2010/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>Customize the Office 2010 Ribbon</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~3/2JMhUcT8f2M/</link>
		<comments>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2011/05/03/customize-the-office-2010-ribbon/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 04 May 2011 00:16:42 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>akenien</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Office]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://office.blogs.webucator.com/?p=941</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Learn about the Office 2010 ribbon in this recorded webinar. The webinar covers adding and removing ribbons, groups, and commands from Office 2010 applications. Customize the Office 2010 Ribbon [youtube:http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=D0374Svri84&#38;h=505&#38;w=640] Learn more from our Office training. Hear about our latest webinars by subscribing to our newsletter. Click here to subscribe.]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="tweetmeme_button" style="float: right; margin-left: 10px;">
			<a href="http://api.tweetmeme.com/share?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2011%2F05%2F03%2Fcustomize-the-office-2010-ribbon%2F"><br />
				<img src="http://api.tweetmeme.com/imagebutton.gif?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2011%2F05%2F03%2Fcustomize-the-office-2010-ribbon%2F&amp;style=normal&amp;b=2" height="61" width="50" /><br />
			</a>
		</div>
<p>Learn about the Office 2010 ribbon in this recorded webinar. The webinar covers adding and removing ribbons, groups, and commands from Office 2010 applications.<span id="more-941"></span></p>
<h3 style="text-align: center">Customize the Office 2010 Ribbon</h3>
<p style="text-align: center">[youtube:http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=D0374Svri84&amp;h=505&amp;w=640]</p>
<p style="text-align: center">
<p>Learn more from our <a href="http://www.webucator.com/microsoft/office.cfm?utm_source=Blog&amp;utm_medium=Post&amp;utm_campaign=OFFICEblog">Office training</a>. <strong>Hear about our latest webinars by subscribing to our newsletter.</strong><strong> </strong><strong><a href="http://www.webucator.com/webunews/index.cfm">Click here to subscribe.</a></strong></p>
<img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~4/2JMhUcT8f2M" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2011/05/03/customize-the-office-2010-ribbon/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2011/05/03/customize-the-office-2010-ribbon/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>Developing Business Presentations in PowerPoint 2010</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~3/UK6XEwwyycQ/</link>
		<comments>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2011/05/03/developing-business-presentations-in-powerpoint-2010/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 04 May 2011 00:16:26 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>akenien</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Office]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Microsoft PowerPoint]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://office.blogs.webucator.com/?p=943</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Watch this recorded webinar to learn some of the new ways to create a professional looking presentation for your business. Creating and Sharing Business Presentations in PowerPoint 2010 [youtube:http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=lcLkuYRN-vs&#38;h=505&#38;w=640] Learn more from our Office training. Hear about our latest webinars by subscribing to our newsletter. Click here to subscribe.]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="tweetmeme_button" style="float: right; margin-left: 10px;">
			<a href="http://api.tweetmeme.com/share?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2011%2F05%2F03%2Fdeveloping-business-presentations-in-powerpoint-2010%2F"><br />
				<img src="http://api.tweetmeme.com/imagebutton.gif?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2011%2F05%2F03%2Fdeveloping-business-presentations-in-powerpoint-2010%2F&amp;style=normal&amp;b=2" height="61" width="50" /><br />
			</a>
		</div>
<p>Watch this recorded webinar to learn some of the new ways to create a professional looking presentation for your business. <span id="more-943"></span></p>
<h3 style="text-align: center">Creating and Sharing Business Presentations in PowerPoint 2010</h3>
<p style="text-align: center">[youtube:http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=lcLkuYRN-vs&amp;h=505&amp;w=640]</p>
<p>Learn more from our <a href="http://www.webucator.com/microsoft/office.cfm?utm_source=Blog&amp;utm_medium=Post&amp;utm_campaign=OFFICEblog">Office training</a>. <strong>Hear about our latest webinars by subscribing to our newsletter.</strong><strong> </strong><strong><a href="http://www.webucator.com/webunews/index.cfm">Click here to subscribe.</a></strong></p>
<img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~4/UK6XEwwyycQ" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2011/05/03/developing-business-presentations-in-powerpoint-2010/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2011/05/03/developing-business-presentations-in-powerpoint-2010/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>Reviving Business Documents in Word 2010</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~3/tVkj_VWCG20/</link>
		<comments>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2011/05/03/reviving-business-documents-in-word-2010/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 04 May 2011 00:15:50 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>akenien</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Office]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Word]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://office.blogs.webucator.com/?p=945</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Watch this recorded webinar to learn about some of the new tools and templates in Microsoft Word 2010. Creating and Sharing Business Documents with Word 2010 [youtube:http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Jxb7tSb7_TM&#38;h=505&#38;w=640] Learn more from our Office training. Hear about our latest webinars by subscribing to our newsletter. Click here to subscribe.]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="tweetmeme_button" style="float: right; margin-left: 10px;">
			<a href="http://api.tweetmeme.com/share?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2011%2F05%2F03%2Freviving-business-documents-in-word-2010%2F"><br />
				<img src="http://api.tweetmeme.com/imagebutton.gif?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2011%2F05%2F03%2Freviving-business-documents-in-word-2010%2F&amp;style=normal&amp;b=2" height="61" width="50" /><br />
			</a>
		</div>
<p>Watch this recorded webinar to learn about some of the new tools and templates in Microsoft Word 2010. <span id="more-945"></span></p>
<h3 style="text-align: center">Creating and Sharing Business Documents with Word 2010</h3>
<p style="text-align: center">[youtube:http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Jxb7tSb7_TM&amp;h=505&amp;w=640]</p>
<p style="text-align: center">
<p>Learn more from our <a href="http://www.webucator.com/microsoft/office.cfm?utm_source=Blog&amp;utm_medium=Post&amp;utm_campaign=OFFICEblog">Office training</a>. <strong>Hear about our latest webinars by subscribing to our newsletter.</strong><strong> </strong><strong><a href="http://www.webucator.com/webunews/index.cfm">Click here to subscribe.</a></strong></p>
<img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~4/tVkj_VWCG20" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2011/05/03/reviving-business-documents-in-word-2010/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2011/05/03/reviving-business-documents-in-word-2010/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>What’s New in PowerPoint 2010</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~3/6rskq9O8z3E/</link>
		<comments>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2011/05/03/whats-new-in-powerpoint-2010/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 04 May 2011 00:15:17 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>akenien</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Office]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Microsoft PowerPoint]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://office.blogs.webucator.com/?p=936</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[PowerPoint 2010 includes exciting new features! View this recorded webinar to learn about the changes to the ribbon, the new backstage view, new graphics tools, A/V support, and more! What&#8217;s New in PowerPoint 2010 [youtube:http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zsaNX9EwRxE&#38;h=505&#38;w=640] Learn more from our Office training. Hear about our latest webinars by subscribing to our newsletter. Click here to subscribe.]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="tweetmeme_button" style="float: right; margin-left: 10px;">
			<a href="http://api.tweetmeme.com/share?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2011%2F05%2F03%2Fwhats-new-in-powerpoint-2010%2F"><br />
				<img src="http://api.tweetmeme.com/imagebutton.gif?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2011%2F05%2F03%2Fwhats-new-in-powerpoint-2010%2F&amp;style=normal&amp;b=2" height="61" width="50" /><br />
			</a>
		</div>
<p>PowerPoint 2010 includes exciting new features! View this recorded webinar to learn about the changes to the ribbon, the new backstage view, new graphics tools, A/V support, and more!<span id="more-936"></span></p>
<h3 style="text-align: center">What&#8217;s New in PowerPoint 2010</h3>
<p style="text-align: center">[youtube:http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zsaNX9EwRxE&amp;h=505&amp;w=640]</p>
<p>Learn more from our <a href="http://www.webucator.com/microsoft/office.cfm?utm_source=Blog&amp;utm_medium=Post&amp;utm_campaign=OFFICEblog">Office training</a>. <strong>Hear about our latest webinars by subscribing to our newsletter.</strong><strong> </strong><strong><a href="http://www.webucator.com/webunews/index.cfm">Click here to subscribe.</a></strong></p>
<img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~4/6rskq9O8z3E" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2011/05/03/whats-new-in-powerpoint-2010/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>1</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2011/05/03/whats-new-in-powerpoint-2010/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>What’s New in Excel 2010</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~3/c6GVZzG4iwo/</link>
		<comments>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2011/05/03/whats-new-in-excel-2010/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 04 May 2011 00:14:44 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>akenien</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Excel]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Office]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://office.blogs.webucator.com/?p=938</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Learn about Excel 2010! This recorded webinar covers changes to the ribbon, the new backstage view, sparklines and slicers. What&#8217;s New in Excel 2010 [youtube:http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=wJtXeP9UXMo&#38;h=505&#38;w=640] Learn more about our Office training. Hear about our latest webinars by subscribing to our newsletter. Click here to subscribe.]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="tweetmeme_button" style="float: right; margin-left: 10px;">
			<a href="http://api.tweetmeme.com/share?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2011%2F05%2F03%2Fwhats-new-in-excel-2010%2F"><br />
				<img src="http://api.tweetmeme.com/imagebutton.gif?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2011%2F05%2F03%2Fwhats-new-in-excel-2010%2F&amp;style=normal&amp;b=2" height="61" width="50" /><br />
			</a>
		</div>
<p>Learn about Excel 2010! This recorded webinar covers changes to the ribbon, the new backstage view, sparklines and slicers. <span id="more-938"></span></p>
<h3 style="text-align: center">What&#8217;s New in Excel 2010</h3>
<p style="text-align: center">[youtube:http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=wJtXeP9UXMo&amp;h=505&amp;w=640]</p>
<p style="text-align: center">
<p>Learn more about our <a href="http://www.webucator.com/microsoft/office.cfm?utm_source=Blog&amp;utm_medium=Post&amp;utm_campaign=OFFICEblog">Office training</a>. <strong>Hear about our latest webinars by subscribing to our newsletter.</strong><strong> </strong><strong><a href="http://www.webucator.com/webunews/index.cfm">Click here to subscribe.</a></strong></p>
<img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~4/c6GVZzG4iwo" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2011/05/03/whats-new-in-excel-2010/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2011/05/03/whats-new-in-excel-2010/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>Shapes in PowerPoint 2010: Connector Lines</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~3/QfWsCmXJdCs/</link>
		<comments>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2011/04/18/shapes-in-powerpoint-2010-connector-lines/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 18 Apr 2011 15:58:40 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Steve Sopchak</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Microsoft PowerPoint]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://office.blogs.webucator.com/?p=926</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[If you read my recent post about lines in PowerPoint, Shapes in PowerPoint 2010: The Line, you know there&#8217;s a lot you can do with the basic line. One thing I didn&#8217;t mention was that you can use most of the lines as connectors between other shapes. While this is most commonly used for creating [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="tweetmeme_button" style="float: right; margin-left: 10px;">
			<a href="http://api.tweetmeme.com/share?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2011%2F04%2F18%2Fshapes-in-powerpoint-2010-connector-lines%2F"><br />
				<img src="http://api.tweetmeme.com/imagebutton.gif?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2011%2F04%2F18%2Fshapes-in-powerpoint-2010-connector-lines%2F&amp;style=normal&amp;b=2" height="61" width="50" /><br />
			</a>
		</div>
<p>If you read my recent post about lines in PowerPoint, <a title="Permanent Link to Shapes in PowerPoint 2010: The Line" href="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2011/01/18/shapes-in-powerpoint-2010-the-line/">Shapes in PowerPoint 2010: The Line</a>, you know there&#8217;s a lot you can do with the basic line. One thing I didn&#8217;t mention was that you can use most of the lines as connectors between other shapes. While this is most commonly used for creating flow charts, there&#8217;s nothing saying you can&#8217;t use it with any drawing. <span id="more-926"></span></p>
<p>When you connect a line to a shape, you&#8217;re <em>anchoring</em> the end of the line to a point on the shape. The really cool thing about this is that if you move the shape, the end of the line stays connected to that point (this is not the same as grouping shapes). You have three types of connector lines available: Straight, Elbow and Curved (with and without arrows).<br />
<img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2011/04/041811_1558_ShapesinPow1.png" alt="" /></p>
<h2>Create Connector Lines</h2>
<p>You can draw objects in a different order, and create connections &#8220;after the fact&#8221;. However, the easiest way to see how this works is to start with a couple of shapes and then make the connection:</p>
<ol>
<li>Draw a couple of filled shapes (your choice) on a new blank slide (the <em>Blank layout</em> is easiest to work with).</li>
<li>Select one of the connector lines (I used the first <em>Elbow Connector</em>), and move the mouse pointer over one of the shapes. Connector points will appear in red on the shape.<br />
<img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2011/04/041811_1558_ShapesinPow2.png" alt="" /></li>
<li><strong>Click</strong> on one of the connector points, and drag the connector line to the second shape. Red connector points will appear on the second shape. Select a connector point on the second shape.<br />
<img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2011/04/041811_1558_ShapesinPow3.png" alt="" /></li>
<li><strong>Click</strong> on the connector line. If the line is connected, the end of the line will appear as a red disc. If an end is not connected, it appears as a white disc.<br />
<img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2011/04/041811_1558_ShapesinPow4.png" alt="" /></li>
<li>If you have connections, move the shapes around and see how the lines stay anchored to the shapes.</li>
<li>If you decide you want a different type of connector line, <strong>right click</strong> on the connector line, and in the <strong>Connector Types</strong> fly out, select the type you want.<br />
<img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2011/04/041811_1558_ShapesinPow5.png" alt="" /></li>
</ol>
<p>You can edit connector lines the same way you&#8217;d edit any line:</p>
<ul>
<li>Add or remove arrow ends</li>
<li>Change thickness</li>
<li>Add shape effects</li>
</ul>
<p>Get the latest tips, tutorials, and news about our classes by email! <a href="http://www.webucator.com/webunews/index.cfm">Click here</a> to sign up for our newsletter!</p>
<img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~4/QfWsCmXJdCs" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2011/04/18/shapes-in-powerpoint-2010-connector-lines/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2011/04/18/shapes-in-powerpoint-2010-connector-lines/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>Building Blocks and Galleries in Microsoft Word 2010</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~3/kSBpbJKl680/</link>
		<comments>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2011/03/18/building-blocks-and-galleries-in-microsoft-word-2010/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 18 Mar 2011 14:53:01 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Steve Sopchak</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Word]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://office.blogs.webucator.com/?p=908</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[If you read my previous post, Building Blocks in Microsoft Word 2010, you might have noticed that I like Building Blocks. Actually, I&#8217;m a big fan of anything that saves time, and Building Blocks do just that. When you first start creating Building Blocks, your inclination may be to just rename the block (maybe), and [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="tweetmeme_button" style="float: right; margin-left: 10px;">
			<a href="http://api.tweetmeme.com/share?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2011%2F03%2F18%2Fbuilding-blocks-and-galleries-in-microsoft-word-2010%2F"><br />
				<img src="http://api.tweetmeme.com/imagebutton.gif?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2011%2F03%2F18%2Fbuilding-blocks-and-galleries-in-microsoft-word-2010%2F&amp;style=normal&amp;b=2" height="61" width="50" /><br />
			</a>
		</div>
<p>If you read my previous post, <a title="Permanent Link to Building Blocks in Microsoft Word 2010" href="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2011/03/01/building-blocks-in-microsoft-word-2010-2/">Building Blocks in Microsoft Word 2010</a>, you might have noticed that I like <strong>Building Blocks</strong>. Actually, I&#8217;m a big fan of anything that saves time, and <strong>Building Blocks</strong> do just that. <span id="more-908"></span></p>
<p>When you first start creating Building Blocks, your inclination may be to just rename the block (maybe), and leave the rest alone. After you&#8217;ve used Building Blocks for a while, you may regret this approach:</p>
<ul>
<li>All your Building Blocks are in the <strong>General</strong> category (even less descriptive than the <em>Document1</em> title for new documents).</li>
<li>All your Building Blocks are in the <strong>Quick Parts</strong> gallery (which can get very extensive).</li>
</ul>
<h2>Organize Your Building Blocks</h2>
<p>Unlike editing the actual Building Blocks, editing building block properties is pretty straightforward. Keep some things in mind:</p>
<ul>
<li>
<div>Be consistent in how you name things:</div>
<ul>
<li>How you name things will just help you locate them later.</li>
<li>You can use the same name if the block is stored in a different <strong>Category</strong> or <strong>Gallery.</strong></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li>
<div>Use logical categories:</div>
<ul>
<li>Category names should reflect the block usage. Think about <em>Outlook </em>signatures. If you have different &#8220;See ya&#8221; text blocks you want to include, put them in the same category.</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li>
<div>Use appropriate galleries:</div>
<ul>
<li>The (usually) nice thing about galleries is that when you assign a block to a gallery, that block takes on the gallery&#8217;s attributes (put it in the Header gallery, it&#8217;s inserted in the header, etc.).</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can think of categories and names as levels of sorting. You can edit the building block properties in 2 ways:</p>
<ol>
<li>Right click on the building block whose properties you want to edit.</li>
<li>Select <strong>Edit Properties</strong>.<br />
<img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2011/03/031811_1452_BuildingBlo1.png" alt="" /><br />
The <strong>Modify Building Block</strong> dialog box appears<br />
<img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2011/03/031811_1452_BuildingBlo2.png" alt="" /></li>
</ol>
<p>Or</p>
<ol>
<li>On the Insert tab, in the Text group, select Quick Parts.</li>
<li>Select Building Blocks Organizer.<br />
<img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2011/03/031811_1452_BuildingBlo3.png" alt="" /></li>
<li>In the Building Blocks Organizer, click the building block whose properties you want to edit (you can sort the list by Name, Gallery, Category or Template by clicking on the appropriate column header).<br />
<img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2011/03/031811_1452_BuildingBlo4.png" alt="" /></li>
<li>Click Edit Properties. The <strong>Modify Building Block</strong> dialog box appears.</li>
</ol>
<p>Once you have the dialog box open, make your changes and click <strong>OK</strong>. You&#8217;ll be asked if you want to redefine the building block, click <strong>OK</strong>.<br />
<img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2011/03/031811_1452_BuildingBlo5.png" alt="" /></p>
<p>If you know the gallery where the building block is stored, the first method is usually easier. In the future, we&#8217;ll talk about using the custom galleries that are available.</p>
<p>Get the latest tips, tutorials, and news about our classes by email! <a href="http://www.webucator.com/webunews/index.cfm">Click here</a> to sign up for our newsletter!</p>
<img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~4/kSBpbJKl680" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2011/03/18/building-blocks-and-galleries-in-microsoft-word-2010/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>3</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2011/03/18/building-blocks-and-galleries-in-microsoft-word-2010/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>Building Blocks in Microsoft Word 2010</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~3/tAbWJSKxRrI/</link>
		<comments>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2011/03/01/building-blocks-in-microsoft-word-2010-2/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 01 Mar 2011 17:23:31 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Steve Sopchak</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Word]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://office.blogs.webucator.com/?p=898</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[If you&#8217;ve ever inserted one of the prefab Word elements into your document (Header, Footer, Cover Page, etc.), you&#8217;ve been using something called a Building Block. A nice thing about Building Blocks is that they maintain a common theme, i.e. there&#8217;s a Cubicles Cover Page, Header, Textbox, and so on. What you may not be [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="tweetmeme_button" style="float: right; margin-left: 10px;">
			<a href="http://api.tweetmeme.com/share?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2011%2F03%2F01%2Fbuilding-blocks-in-microsoft-word-2010-2%2F"><br />
				<img src="http://api.tweetmeme.com/imagebutton.gif?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2011%2F03%2F01%2Fbuilding-blocks-in-microsoft-word-2010-2%2F&amp;style=normal&amp;b=2" height="61" width="50" /><br />
			</a>
		</div>
<p>If you&#8217;ve ever inserted one of the prefab Word elements into your document (<em>Header</em>, <em>Footer</em>, <em>Cover Page</em>, etc.), you&#8217;ve been using something called a <strong>Building Block</strong>. A nice thing about Building Blocks is that they maintain a common theme, i.e. there&#8217;s a <strong><em>Cubicles</em></strong> Cover Page, Header, Textbox, and so on. What you may not be aware of is that you can create your own Building Blocks. Let&#8217;s take a look at the basics of using a Building Block. <span id="more-898"></span></p>
<h2>Create the Building Block</h2>
<p>Odds are you&#8217;ve already created a Building Block; you just haven&#8217;t saved it as such. Think about the things you commonly insert into a document. Maybe it&#8217;s a disclaimer, or your contact information (consider an <strong>Outlook</strong> signature). You probably cut and paste between documents. A Building Block will eliminate the middle-man (and trying to find the original document).</p>
<p>Anything you can select in Word can be saved as a Building Block. And that&#8217;s just how you do it. Building Blocks will maintain any formatting you&#8217;ve applied; bold, centering, or any option.</p>
<ol>
<li>Locate (or create) what you want to use as a Building Block. This includes applying any formatting.</li>
<li><strong>Select</strong> what you want to include.</li>
<li>On the <strong>Insert</strong> tab, in the <strong>Text</strong> group, select <strong>Quick Parts</strong>.</li>
<li>In the drop down, select <strong>Save Selection to Quick Part Gallery</strong><br />
<img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2011/03/030111_1723_BuildingBlo1.png" alt="" /><strong><br />
</strong></li>
<li>The <strong>Create New Building Block</strong> dialog box appears<br />
<img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2011/03/030111_1723_BuildingBlo2.png" alt="" /></li>
<li><strong>Name</strong> the Building Block. Word will try to pick up whatever text is selected and suggest that.</li>
<li><strong>Select</strong> the gallery where you want the Building Block to display (if you&#8217;ve created a footer, you can have it display in the Footer gallery). For the most part, you&#8217;ll probably just leave it in the Quick Parts gallery.</li>
<li>
<div>Give it a category. By default, any new Building Blocks are categorized as General, which can get very old very quickly. You can create a new category:</div>
<ol>
<li>Click the <strong>Category</strong> drop down</li>
<li>Select <strong>Create New Category</strong><br />
<img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2011/03/030111_1723_BuildingBlo3.png" alt="" /></li>
<li>Give your new category a more meaningful name and click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>Click <strong>OK.</strong></li>
</ol>
<h2>Use the Building Block</h2>
<ol>
<li>In your document, click where you want to insert the Building Block.</li>
<li>On the <strong>Insert</strong> tab, in the <strong>Text</strong> group, click <strong>Quick Parts</strong>.</li>
<li>Select the Building Block you want to use.</li>
</ol>
<h2>Edit the Building Block</h2>
<p>This gets a little tricky, but not too much. In general, if you want to edit a Building Block, you edit the Building Block in the document, and resave it under the original name.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Insert</strong> the Building Block (if it&#8217;s not already there).</li>
<li><strong>Edit</strong> and/or <strong>Format</strong> it as necessary.</li>
<li><strong>Select</strong> what you want to include.</li>
<li>On the <strong>Insert</strong> tab, in the <strong>Text</strong> group, select <strong>Quick Parts</strong>.</li>
<li>In the drop down, select <strong>Save Selection to Quick Part Gallery</strong></li>
<li>Give your revised Building Block the <em>same name</em> and <em>same category</em> as the existing entry and click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
<li>You&#8217;ll get the following<br />
<img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2011/03/030111_1723_BuildingBlo4.png" alt="" /></li>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<h2>Work with the Building Block</h2>
<p>Building Blocks can be a really efficient way of dealing with standard text (or graphics, for that matter). You could quickly create a boilerplate document out of standard content. In the future, we&#8217;ll take a look at how you can make all this even more efficient.</p>
<p>Get the latest tips, tutorials, and news about our classes by email! <a href="http://www.webucator.com/webunews/index.cfm">Click here</a> to sign up for our newsletter!</p>
<img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~4/tAbWJSKxRrI" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2011/03/01/building-blocks-in-microsoft-word-2010-2/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>2</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2011/03/01/building-blocks-in-microsoft-word-2010-2/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>Saving Time with AutoCorrect in Microsoft Word 2010</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~3/Ht_YJhBd-eA/</link>
		<comments>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2011/02/03/saving-time-with-autocorrect-in-microsoft-word-2010/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Thu, 03 Feb 2011 18:58:32 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Steve Sopchak</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Office]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Word]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://office.blogs.webucator.com/?p=836</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Unless you&#8217;re the most accurate typist ever, you&#8217;ve probably noticed that Word automatically fixes some of your &#8220;creative&#8221; spellings. For example, type &#8220;teh&#8221; and Word&#8217;s AutoCorrect function will change it to &#8220;the&#8221;. I, for one, find it very helpful. What you may not be aware of is that you can also add typing shortcuts for [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="tweetmeme_button" style="float: right; margin-left: 10px;">
			<a href="http://api.tweetmeme.com/share?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2011%2F02%2F03%2Fsaving-time-with-autocorrect-in-microsoft-word-2010%2F"><br />
				<img src="http://api.tweetmeme.com/imagebutton.gif?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2011%2F02%2F03%2Fsaving-time-with-autocorrect-in-microsoft-word-2010%2F&amp;style=normal&amp;b=2" height="61" width="50" /><br />
			</a>
		</div>
<p>Unless you&#8217;re the most accurate typist ever, you&#8217;ve probably noticed that Word automatically fixes some of your &#8220;creative&#8221; spellings. For example, type &#8220;teh&#8221; and Word&#8217;s <strong>AutoCorrect</strong> function will change it to &#8220;the&#8221;. I, for one, find it very helpful. What you may not be aware of is that you can also add typing shortcuts for phrases you regularly use. <span id="more-836"></span></p>
<p>For some reason, I find myself typing &#8220;Microsoft Word 2010&#8243; a lot. Actually, I type &#8220;mw1&#8243; and Word automatically expands this for me. All I&#8217;ve done is added my typing shortcut to the <strong>AutoCorrect</strong> list. Think about words or phrases you are constantly typing (official company or organization names can go on for quite a while).</p>
<h2>Add an AutoCorrect Entry</h2>
<ol>
<li>Select the <strong>File</strong> tab and click <strong>Options</strong>.</li>
<li>Click the <strong>Proofing</strong> button in the left pane, and click <strong>AutoCorrect Options…</strong><br />
<img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2011/02/020311_1858_SavingTimew1.png" alt="" /></li>
<li>In the AutoCorrect dialog box, in the <strong>Replace:</strong> box, type your shortcut (use something you wouldn&#8217;t normally type. For example &#8220;it&#8221; is a bad shortcut for &#8220;Information Technology&#8221;, or anything, for that matter).</li>
<li>In the <strong>With:</strong> box type the text you want to see.<br />
<img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2011/02/020311_1858_SavingTimew2.png" alt="" /></li>
<li>Click <strong>Add</strong>, then <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong> again to get out of the <strong>Word Options</strong> dialog box.</li>
</ol>
<h2>Try It Out</h2>
<p>In your document, type your shortcut (the <strong>Replace:</strong> entry) and add a space (or something else to indicate the end of the word). Your shortcut should be replaced with the expanded text. You need to add a space or somehow indicate that you&#8217;ve ended a word before <strong>AutoCorrect</strong> will kick in (this is why your cat can type a whole bunch of nonsense on your keyboard without getting a spelling error if the spacebar hasn&#8217;t been stepped on).</p>
<p>There&#8217;s also a <strong>Formatted text</strong> option in the dialog box. You can format the text you want to use in the <strong>With:</strong> box. The easiest way to do this is to format the text you want in the document, select it (you don&#8217;t have to copy it), and then open the AutoCorrect dialog box. The text will appear in the <strong>With:</strong> box. You only need to add your shortcut.</p>
<p>A really cool feature of this is that your plain text shortcuts will work in other Office applications. Create a shortcut in Word, then open <strong>Outlook</strong> or <strong>PowerPoint</strong> and the shortcut will work there too (If it doesn&#8217;t seem to be working in another application, it&#8217;s probably because the app was open. Restart the app and it should work). Shortcuts for formatted text only seem to work in the creating app.</p>
<p>This is one feature I show my students that usually gets a &#8220;I&#8217;m gonna use that from now on!&#8221; response.</p>
<p><strong>To hear about the latest Office 2010 news, blogs, and training, subscribe to our newsletter. Click <a href="http://www.webucator.com/webunews/index.cfm">here</a> to subscribe.</strong></p>
<img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~4/Ht_YJhBd-eA" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2011/02/03/saving-time-with-autocorrect-in-microsoft-word-2010/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>3</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2011/02/03/saving-time-with-autocorrect-in-microsoft-word-2010/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>Use Advanced Enhancement Techniques in Word 2010</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~3/cFX5qmOL1jk/</link>
		<comments>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2011/02/02/use-advanced-enhancement-techniques-in-word-2010/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 02 Feb 2011 20:23:58 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Bob Clary</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Office]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Word]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://office.blogs.webucator.com/?p=788</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[By applying advanced enhancement techniques to your Microsoft Word 2010 documents, you can give them a professional look and improve their readability. Word lets you add page borders, paragraph borders, and shading. You can also insert non-alphanumeric characters and watermarks. Depending on the type of multi-page documents you create, you might choose to apply specific [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="tweetmeme_button" style="float: right; margin-left: 10px;">
			<a href="http://api.tweetmeme.com/share?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2011%2F02%2F02%2Fuse-advanced-enhancement-techniques-in-word-2010%2F"><br />
				<img src="http://api.tweetmeme.com/imagebutton.gif?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2011%2F02%2F02%2Fuse-advanced-enhancement-techniques-in-word-2010%2F&amp;style=normal&amp;b=2" height="61" width="50" /><br />
			</a>
		</div>
<p>By applying advanced enhancement techniques to your <strong>Microsoft Word 2010 </strong>documents, you can give them a professional look and improve their readability. Word lets you add page borders, paragraph borders, and shading. You can also insert non-alphanumeric characters and watermarks. Depending on the type of multi-page documents you create, you might choose to apply specific Word features differently on the first page.<span id="more-788"></span></p>
<p><strong>Creating and Modifying Borders and Shading</strong></p>
<p>Page borders can enhance the visual appeal of a document by adding definition and color to pages. To create a new page border or to modify an existing one, use the Page Border tab, found within the Borders and Shading dialog box, illustrated below.</p>
<p>Paragraph borders and shading help emphasize specific text within a document. You can create or modify paragraph borders and shading by using the Borders and Shading tabs in the Borders and Shading dialog box or the Tables and Borders toolbar.</p>
<p><strong>To create or modify a page border:</strong></p>
<p>1.      From the Page Layout tab, in the Page Background box, select <strong>Page Borders</strong>.</p>
<p>2.      In the Borders and Shading dialog box, select the <strong>Page Border tab</strong>.</p>
<p style="text-align: center"><a href="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2011/01/word-page-borders.png"><img class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-828" src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2011/01/word-page-borders.png" alt="" width="324" height="251" /></a></p>
<p>3.      On the Page Border tab, select the desired border settings.</p>
<p>4.      If necessary, from the <strong>Apply to</strong> drop-down menu, choose a portion of the document to which to apply the border settings.</p>
<p>5.      Choose <strong>OK</strong>.</p>
<p><strong>To create or modify borders and shading:</strong></p>
<p>1.      Place the insertion point in the desired paragraph or select the desired paragraphs.</p>
<p>2.      From the Page Layout tab, in the Page Background box, select <strong>Page Borders</strong>.</p>
<p>3.      If desired, in the Borders and Shading dialog box, select the <strong>Borders tab</strong> and then, on the Borders tab, select the desired border settings.</p>
<p style="text-align: center"><a href="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2011/01/word-2.png"><img class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-829" src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2011/01/word-2.png" alt="" width="324" height="251" /></a></p>
<p>4.      If desired, select the <strong>Shading tab</strong> and then, on the Shading tab, select the desired shading settings.</p>
<p>5.         Choose <strong>OK</strong>.</p>
<p>And, you&#8217;re all set!</p>
<p>To hear about the latest Office 2010 news, blogs, and training, subscribe to our newsletter. Click <a href="http://www.webucator.com/webunews/index.cfm">here</a> to subscribe.</p>
<img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~4/cFX5qmOL1jk" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2011/02/02/use-advanced-enhancement-techniques-in-word-2010/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2011/02/02/use-advanced-enhancement-techniques-in-word-2010/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>Comparing PowerPoint 2010 Presentations</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~3/J8Gl-f-ObAs/</link>
		<comments>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2011/01/25/comparing-powerpoint-2010-presentations/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 25 Jan 2011 16:46:57 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Steve Sopchak</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Microsoft PowerPoint]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://office.blogs.webucator.com/?p=822</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[If you frequently send PowerPoint presentations along the pike for comments and revisions, you&#8217;ll really appreciate this. PowerPoint 2010 gives you the ability to compare different versions of presentations, and accept or reject changes. It&#8217;s pretty easy. Open the original presentation you want to use for comparison. In the Review tab, click Compare. A dialog [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="tweetmeme_button" style="float: right; margin-left: 10px;">
			<a href="http://api.tweetmeme.com/share?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2011%2F01%2F25%2Fcomparing-powerpoint-2010-presentations%2F"><br />
				<img src="http://api.tweetmeme.com/imagebutton.gif?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2011%2F01%2F25%2Fcomparing-powerpoint-2010-presentations%2F&amp;style=normal&amp;b=2" height="61" width="50" /><br />
			</a>
		</div>
<p>If you frequently send <strong>PowerPoint</strong> presentations along the pike for comments and revisions, you&#8217;ll really appreciate this. <strong>PowerPoint 2010</strong> gives you the ability to compare different versions of presentations, and accept or reject changes. It&#8217;s pretty easy. <span id="more-822"></span></p>
<ol>
<li><span style="font-family: Times New Roman;font-size: 12pt">Open the original presentation you want to use for comparison.<br />
</span></li>
<li><span style="font-family: Times New Roman;font-size: 12pt">In the <strong>Review</strong> tab, click <strong>Compare</strong>.<br />
<img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2011/01/012511_1646_ComparingPo1.png" alt="" /><br />
A dialog box will open that says <em>&#8220;Choose File to Merge with Current Presentation&#8221;</em>.<br />
</span></li>
<li><span style="font-family: Times New Roman;font-size: 12pt">Navigate to the new version, and click <strong>Merge</strong>. A <strong>Reviewing Pane</strong> will open showing the differences between the two presentations. <strong>Slide changes</strong> show text changes, additions and deletions to individual slides. <strong>Presentation changes</strong> show additions and deletions to the overall slide set<br />
<img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2011/01/012511_1646_ComparingPo2.png" alt="" /><br />
</span></li>
<li><span style="font-family: Times New Roman;font-size: 12pt">In the <strong>Reviewing Pane</strong>, click the change listed to display what changed occurred on the slide.<br />
<img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2011/01/012511_1646_ComparingPo3.png" alt="" /><br />
</span></li>
<li><span style="font-family: Times New Roman;font-size: 12pt">Use the <strong>Previous</strong> and <strong>Next</strong> buttons to move among changes, and <strong>Accept</strong> and <strong>Reject</strong> buttons to work with the changes.<br />
</span></li>
<li><span style="font-family: Times New Roman;font-size: 12pt">After you accept/reject changes, save your file.<br />
</span></li>
<li><span style="font-family: Times New Roman;font-size: 12pt">Use <strong>End Review</strong> to stop the comparison.<br />
</span></li>
</ol>
<p>One thing that seems to stump the process is if animations have been added to objects. You&#8217;ll get the following:<br />
<img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2011/01/012511_1646_ComparingPo4.png" alt="" /></p>
<p>I guess you&#8217;d actually have to go in and look at the &#8220;offending&#8221; slide.</p>
<p>Overall, it&#8217;s a really helpful way to look at the basic differences between PowerPoint presentations. Since I usually start with an existing presentation to create a new one, I find this particular <strong>PowerPoint 2010</strong> enhancement very useful.</p>
<p>Want to learn more? Check out some of our upcoming <a href="http://www.webucator.com/microsoft/microsoft-powerpoint-training.cfm">PowerPoint classes</a>.</p>
<p>Get the latest tips, tutorials, and news about our classes by email! <a href="http://www.webucator.com/webunews/index.cfm">Click here</a> to sign up for our newsletter!</p>
<img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~4/J8Gl-f-ObAs" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2011/01/25/comparing-powerpoint-2010-presentations/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2011/01/25/comparing-powerpoint-2010-presentations/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>Shapes in PowerPoint 2010: The Line</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~3/_sEaGIOg5fI/</link>
		<comments>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2011/01/18/shapes-in-powerpoint-2010-the-line/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 18 Jan 2011 12:24:48 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Steve Sopchak</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Office]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Microsoft PowerPoint]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://office.blogs.webucator.com/?p=809</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[When you work with the program long enough, you forget that a lot of people don&#8217;t know everything you know about what&#8217;s going on with certain things. So I wanted to look at some of the basics, or at least to me, the basics of drawing shapes in Microsoft PowerPoint (this is also true in [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="tweetmeme_button" style="float: right; margin-left: 10px;">
			<a href="http://api.tweetmeme.com/share?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2011%2F01%2F18%2Fshapes-in-powerpoint-2010-the-line%2F"><br />
				<img src="http://api.tweetmeme.com/imagebutton.gif?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2011%2F01%2F18%2Fshapes-in-powerpoint-2010-the-line%2F&amp;style=normal&amp;b=2" height="61" width="50" /><br />
			</a>
		</div>
<p>When you work with the program long enough, you forget that a lot of people don&#8217;t know everything you know about what&#8217;s going on with certain things. So I wanted to look at some of the basics, or at least to me, the basics of <strong>drawing shapes in Microsoft PowerPoint </strong>(this is also true in any of the Microsoft Office applications you want to draw in). <span id="more-809"></span></p>
<p>The simplest shape is the line. Up, down, left, right, or whatever angle you want. Not a big deal. Or is it? Every line you draw can have a different color, thickness, style, and effect (don&#8217;t even ask about freeform lines).</p>
<p>So you draw a line: you click the mouse, drag and let go the mouse button. If you hold down the <strong>Shift</strong> key while you drag your line, it will be constrained to a 45° angle. You end up with a basic line of the default width and color.</p>
<p>Below, I drew a line, duplicated it four times, and applied some changes:<br />
<img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2011/01/011811_1224_ShapesinPow1.png" alt="" /></p>
<ol>
<li>The original line, a solid line with three-quarter point thickness.</li>
<li>A dashed 3 point line with gradient fill and shadow (Notice the gradient goes the length of the line. This is because I have the gradient going left to right).</li>
<li>An 8 point line with glow applied, and different arrows on either end (yes, circles and diamonds are considered to be arrowheads).</li>
<li>A 10 point compound line with rounded ends (Compound lines will have two or more parallel lines that make up the actual line. How this shows up depend on the thickness of the original line.).</li>
<li>A 20 point line with bevel applied.</li>
</ol>
<p>You can apply a lot of settings using the <strong>Shape Outline</strong> drop-down and the <strong>Shape Effects</strong> drop-down on the <strong>Format</strong> tab. You can also have a lot more control if you open up the dialogue box for formatting the shape. You can right-click on the line and select <strong>Format Shape</strong>.<br />
<img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2011/01/011811_1224_ShapesinPow2.png" alt="" /></p>
<p>Here you can set line widths (up to 1,584 points), select different compound types and end caps, and adjust arrow settings. The <strong>Line Color</strong> options allow you to set a gradient, and adjust the line&#8217;s transparency.</p>
<p>So, there are a lot of options for the humble line, and plenty of things worth exploring. And remember, a lot of these settings can be applied to the outlines of the other shapes you draw.</p>
<p><img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2011/01/011811_1224_ShapesinPow3.png" alt="" /></p>
<p>Want to learn more? Check out some of our upcoming <a href="http://www.webucator.com/microsoft/microsoft-powerpoint-training.cfm">PowerPoint classes</a>.</p>
<p>Get the latest tips, tutorials, and news about our classes by email! <a href="http://www.webucator.com/webunews/index.cfm">Click here</a> to sign up for our newsletter!</p>
<img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~4/_sEaGIOg5fI" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2011/01/18/shapes-in-powerpoint-2010-the-line/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2011/01/18/shapes-in-powerpoint-2010-the-line/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>Deliver a PowerPoint 2010 presentation online</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~3/iGnEiOHlBX0/</link>
		<comments>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2011/01/04/deliver-a-powerpoint-2010-presentation-online/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 04 Jan 2011 19:55:37 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Bob Clary</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Office]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Microsoft PowerPoint]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://office.blogs.webucator.com/?p=772</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[I have to admit, I am very impressed with Microsoft PowerPoint 2010! There are a lot of very cool features that will help you both personally and professionally to deliver great presentations! I&#8217;m going to give you a brief glimpse into one new feature: delivering a PowerPoint 2010 presentation on the Internet. Here&#8217;s a tad [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="tweetmeme_button" style="float: right; margin-left: 10px;">
			<a href="http://api.tweetmeme.com/share?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2011%2F01%2F04%2Fdeliver-a-powerpoint-2010-presentation-online%2F"><br />
				<img src="http://api.tweetmeme.com/imagebutton.gif?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2011%2F01%2F04%2Fdeliver-a-powerpoint-2010-presentation-online%2F&amp;style=normal&amp;b=2" height="61" width="50" /><br />
			</a>
		</div>
<p>I have to admit, I am very impressed with <strong>Microsoft PowerPoint 2010</strong>! There are a lot of very cool features that will help you both personally and professionally to deliver great presentations! I&#8217;m going to give you a brief glimpse into one new feature: delivering a PowerPoint 2010 presentation on the Internet.</p>
<p>Here&#8217;s a tad more background information:</p>
<p style="text-align: left"><em>Microsoft PowerPoint 2010 has the ability to broadcast your presentation over the Internet for remote viewing or distribution over a network. This allows you to show presentations even if there is no projector available. You will need a Windows Live ID to use this facility.</em></p>
<p>Ready? Open up one of your PowerPoint 2010 presentations and follow along&#8230;<span id="more-772"></span></p>
<h3><strong>How to start a Presentation Broadcast</strong></h3>
<ol>
<li>Once you are ready to deliver the presentation, click the <strong>Broadcast Slideshow</strong> feature under the Slideshow tab. The <strong>Start Broadcast Dialog</strong> will appear.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Start Broadcast </strong>or <strong>Change Broadcast Service </strong>to use another service.<a href="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2011/01/PPT-2.png"><img class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-793" src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2011/01/PPT-2.png" alt="" width="264" height="258" /></a></li>
<li>Once PowerPoint has connected to a Broadcast Service a box will display a link that can copied or mailed to other users to enable them to view the presentation.</li>
<li>You will now see your <strong>PowerPoint 2010 Presentation Broadcast Link</strong>.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Start Presentation</strong>, the Broadcast Tab will be displayed.<a href="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2011/01/PPT-51.png"><img class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-795" src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2011/01/PPT-51.png" alt="" width="264" height="258" /></a></li>
<li>Remote users can now log-on to the presentation broadcast using the supplied link.</li>
<li>Once the presentation has finished click <strong>End Broadcast</strong>. All remote viewers will be disconnected.</li>
</ol>
<p><!-- p.p1 {margin: 0.0px 0.0px 0.0px 0.0px; font: 12.0px Times} -->Hopefully, your presentation worked out well! Stay tuned for more secrets soon!</p>
<p>To learn more tips and tricks now, check out some of our <a title="Powerpoint classes" href="http://www.webucator.com/ilo/schedule/net/#microsoft-powerpoint-training">Microsoft PowerPoint 2010 training</a> classes!</p>
<p>Get the latest tips, tutorials, and news about our classes by email! <a href="http://www.webucator.com/webunews/index.cfm">Click here</a> to sign up for our newsletter!</p>
<img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~4/iGnEiOHlBX0" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2011/01/04/deliver-a-powerpoint-2010-presentation-online/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2011/01/04/deliver-a-powerpoint-2010-presentation-online/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>Selecting Objects in Microsoft PowerPoint 2010</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~3/H36D6G5VMHw/</link>
		<comments>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/12/16/selecting-objects-in-microsoft-powerpoint-2010/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Thu, 16 Dec 2010 18:21:13 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Steve Sopchak</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Microsoft PowerPoint]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Word]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://office.blogs.webucator.com/?p=758</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[If you&#8217;ve ever worked with a lot of objects on a PowerPoint slide, you know that selecting individual objects can sometimes be quite a challenge. Starting with PowerPoint 2007, Microsoft introduced a tool that can make your life a lot easier. It&#8217;s called the Selection and Visibility pane. By &#8220;objects&#8221;, I mean anything that appears [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="tweetmeme_button" style="float: right; margin-left: 10px;">
			<a href="http://api.tweetmeme.com/share?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2010%2F12%2F16%2Fselecting-objects-in-microsoft-powerpoint-2010%2F"><br />
				<img src="http://api.tweetmeme.com/imagebutton.gif?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2010%2F12%2F16%2Fselecting-objects-in-microsoft-powerpoint-2010%2F&amp;style=normal&amp;b=2" height="61" width="50" /><br />
			</a>
		</div>
<p>If you&#8217;ve ever worked with a lot of objects on a <strong>PowerPoint</strong> slide, you know that selecting individual objects can sometimes be quite a challenge. Starting with PowerPoint 2007, Microsoft introduced a tool that can make your life a lot easier. It&#8217;s called the <strong>Selection and Visibility</strong> pane. <span id="more-758"></span></p>
<p>By &#8220;objects&#8221;, I mean anything that appears on your slide: titles, SmartArt, charts, shapes; you get the idea (graphics on a slide master are a different story). With the <strong>Selection and Visibility </strong>pane open, you can:</p>
<ul>
<li><span style="font-family: Times New Roman;font-size: 12pt">Show or hide any object on your slide<br />
</span></li>
<li><span style="font-family: Times New Roman;font-size: 12pt">Reorder the objects<br />
</span></li>
<li><span style="font-family: Times New Roman;font-size: 12pt">Rename the objects<br />
</span></li>
</ul>
<h2>Get Started</h2>
<p>Open the <strong>Selection and Visibility</strong> pane:</p>
<ol>
<li><span style="font-family: Times New Roman;font-size: 12pt">On the <strong>Home</strong> tab, in the <strong>Editing</strong> group, click the <strong>Select</strong> drop down.<br />
<img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/12/121610_1659_SelectingOb1.png" alt="" /><br />
</span></li>
<li><span style="font-family: Times New Roman;font-size: 12pt">Choose <strong>Selection Pane.</strong><br />
</span></li>
</ol>
<p>The pane will open with a list of the current objects on your slide. The objects will be listed in order of &#8220;what&#8217;s on top&#8221;. For example, this is what the pane for a blank &#8220;Title and Content&#8221; slide will look like.<br />
<img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/12/121610_1659_SelectingOb2.png" alt="" /></p>
<p>As you add objects, they will be labeled, in order, for the type they are.</p>
<p>While renaming objects may not seem like a big deal, when you&#8217;re working with a slide with names like &#8220;Rectangle 7, Flowchart: Punched Tape 8&#8243;, etc., it becomes a lot more helpful.</p>
<p><strong>Rename an object:<br />
</strong></p>
<ol>
<li><span style="font-family: Times New Roman;font-size: 12pt">In the slide, click the object to select it. The object name will be highlighted, or in the <strong>Select</strong> pane, keep clicking objects until the object you want to rename is selected<br />
</span></li>
<li><span style="font-family: Times New Roman;font-size: 12pt">Select the object name and type a new name<br />
</span></li>
<li><span style="font-family: Times New Roman;font-size: 12pt">Press <strong>Enter</strong> (you already knew this part)<br />
</span></li>
</ol>
<h2>Get Working</h2>
<h3>Change an object:</h3>
<ol>
<li><span style="font-family: Times New Roman;font-size: 12pt">Select the object<br />
</span></li>
<li><span style="font-family: Times New Roman;font-size: 12pt">Apply your changes (use the appropriate Tools ribbon)<br />
</span></li>
</ol>
<h3>Reorder objects:</h3>
<ol>
<li><span style="font-family: Times New Roman;font-size: 12pt">Select the object<br />
</span></li>
<li><span style="font-family: Times New Roman;font-size: 12pt">Use the <strong>Re-order</strong> buttons at the bottom of the pane to move objects up or down (you can&#8217;t drag and drop)<br />
<img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/12/121610_1659_SelectingOb3.png" alt="" /><br />
</span></li>
</ol>
<h2>Play Hide and Seek</h2>
<p>If you want to move objects on your slide, but still maintain their order, you can hide objects that may be covering your target object. Click the &#8220;eye-con&#8221; (sorry).</p>
<p><img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/12/121610_1659_SelectingOb4.png" alt="" /></p>
<p>I bet you&#8217;ve already learned how to show objects.</p>
<p>If you also work in <strong>Microsoft Word 2010</strong>, you may be happy to know that the <strong>Selection</strong> pane is also available there.</p>
<p><strong>To hear about the latest Office 2010 news, blogs, and training, subscribe to our newsletter. Click <a href="http://www.webucator.com/webunews/index.cfm">here</a> to subscribe.</strong></p>
<p>Interested in learning more? Here are some of our upcoming <a href="http://www.webucator.com/classes/office-2010-training.cfm">Office 2010 classes</a>.</p>
<img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~4/H36D6G5VMHw" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/12/16/selecting-objects-in-microsoft-powerpoint-2010/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/12/16/selecting-objects-in-microsoft-powerpoint-2010/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>Using Themes in PowerPoint 2010</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~3/A0N_LsMt9kU/</link>
		<comments>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/11/30/using-themes-in-powerpoint-2010/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 30 Nov 2010 22:17:56 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Steve Sopchak</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Microsoft PowerPoint]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://office.blogs.webucator.com/?p=748</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[PowerPoint 2010 is a great program for developing presentations, but staring at that first big blank title slide might not be very conducive to being creative (kind of like looking at that blank Word document when you&#8217;re trying to start writing a blog post). Fortunately, PowerPoint has a speedy way of getting you past the [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="tweetmeme_button" style="float: right; margin-left: 10px;">
			<a href="http://api.tweetmeme.com/share?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2010%2F11%2F30%2Fusing-themes-in-powerpoint-2010%2F"><br />
				<img src="http://api.tweetmeme.com/imagebutton.gif?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2010%2F11%2F30%2Fusing-themes-in-powerpoint-2010%2F&amp;style=normal&amp;b=2" height="61" width="50" /><br />
			</a>
		</div>
<p>PowerPoint 2010 is a great program for developing presentations, but staring at that first big blank title slide might not be very conducive to being creative (kind of like looking at that blank Word document when you&#8217;re trying to start writing a blog post).</p>
<p>Fortunately, PowerPoint has a speedy way of getting you past the &#8220;Big Blank&#8221;. You can use <strong>themes</strong> to quickly change the layout of your PowerPoint presentation. <span id="more-748"></span></p>
<p>PowerPoint 2010 comes with 40 built-in themes (yes, even the default &#8220;Big Blank&#8221; is a theme, although Microsoft calls it &#8220;Office Theme&#8221;). You can see the various themes by clicking the <strong>Design</strong> tab, choose the <strong>Themes</strong> group, and then click the <strong>More</strong> button to open the <strong>Theme Gallery</strong>.<br />
<img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/11/113010_2022_UsingThemes1.png" alt="" /></p>
<p>As you mouse over the various themes, you&#8217;ll see a live preview of it in your slides, and you&#8217;ll also see a <strong>theme name</strong> such as <em>Austin</em>, <em>Grid</em>, and <em>Pushpin</em>. You can apply a built-in theme to all your slides by clicking on the theme you want.</p>
<p>If you want to apply a theme to select slides:</p>
<ol>
<li>Select the slides (the Slide Sorter view is great for this). If you want non-contiguous slides, hold down the Ctrl key while you select the slides.</li>
<li>On the <strong>Design</strong> tab, in the <strong>Themes</strong> group, click the <strong>More</strong> button.</li>
<li>Right click on the theme you want.</li>
<li>Select <strong>Apply to Selected Slides</strong><br />
<img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/11/113010_2022_UsingThemes2.png" alt="" /></li>
</ol>
<p>Themes are a combination of <em>Colors</em>, <em>Fonts</em>, and <em>Effects</em>, as well as <em>Background Styles</em>, and often, background shapes. If you drop down the menus for <em>Colors,</em> <em>Fonts</em>, or <em>Effects</em>, you&#8217;ll see that they have the same names as the theme. So, if you like a particular theme, but not necessarily the associated color set, you can change it. You can also create new <em>Theme Colors</em> or <em>Fonts</em>. But you can&#8217;t create new <em>Effects</em> (Effects control the Shape Styles you&#8217;ll see when you&#8217;re editing shapes).</p>
<p>Ok, you&#8217;ve spent time getting things the way you like them. Or, maybe you already have a presentation you want to use as a theme. You can save your settings as a <strong>Custom Theme</strong>.</p>
<ol>
<li>On the <strong>Design</strong> tab, in the <strong>Themes</strong> group, click the <strong>More</strong> button.</li>
<li>Select <strong>Save Current Theme.</strong><br />
<img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/11/113010_2022_UsingThemes3.png" alt="" /></li>
<li>Give it a more meaningful name than <em>Theme1</em> and click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>Your theme will now appear in the Theme Gallery in the Custom section.</p>
<p>Here&#8217;s the really cool thing. Don&#8217;t want to see the &#8220;Big Blank&#8221; anymore? Right click on any theme (including any custom ones you&#8217;ve created) and select <strong>Set as Default Theme</strong>. Now, create a new blank presentation (<strong>Ctrl+N</strong> will do it). You get a new presentation all set to go with your theme applied.</p>
<p>To learn more, check out some of our <a href="http://www.webucator.com/net/microsoft-powerpoint-training.cfm">PowerPoint 2010 training</a> classes!</p>
<img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~4/A0N_LsMt9kU" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/11/30/using-themes-in-powerpoint-2010/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/11/30/using-themes-in-powerpoint-2010/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>Data Types in VBA</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~3/82s_M4b56xg/</link>
		<comments>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/11/30/data-types-in-vba/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 30 Nov 2010 20:40:29 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Connie</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[VBA]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[data types]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[variables]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://office.blogs.webucator.com/?p=738</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[When declaring variables in VBA, you also assign a data type. But there is a trick to it: you want to choose a data type that uses the least amount of memory. In the VB Editor, which is found in the VBA help menu, I found a great chart of the data types, including what [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="tweetmeme_button" style="float: right; margin-left: 10px;">
			<a href="http://api.tweetmeme.com/share?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2010%2F11%2F30%2Fdata-types-in-vba%2F"><br />
				<img src="http://api.tweetmeme.com/imagebutton.gif?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2010%2F11%2F30%2Fdata-types-in-vba%2F&amp;style=normal&amp;b=2" height="61" width="50" /><br />
			</a>
		</div>
<p>When declaring variables in VBA, you also assign a data type. But there is a trick to it: you want to choose a data type that uses the least amount of memory. In the VB Editor, which is found in the VBA help menu, I found a great chart of the data types, including what they are used for and how much memory they use.</p>
<p><span id="more-738"></span></p>
<h3>Data Type Summary</h3>
<p>The following table shows the supported data types, including storage sizes and ranges.</p>
<p style="text-align: center"><a href="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/11/data-table.jpg"><img class="size-full wp-image-740 aligncenter" src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/11/data-table.jpg" alt="" width="639" height="484" /></a></p>
<h3>Naming Variables in VBA</h3>
<p>Wait, that’s not it. When you declare variables, please name them properly! It will help in the long run, I promise. So, how do you name them properly? Well, first, you should put a three-letter prefix at the beginning of the variable that describes the data type. I know, you are probably asking yourself “why?” Well, let me explain. Let’s say you have an input box that pops up when the end user opens a WORD document. The input box asks the end user for her birthday. What we want the program to do is take the birthday and add 5 days to it, then display the result. So, Susie Q enters August 10, 1965. That sure does look like a date. Does VBA think it’s a date? Probably not. When Susie Q entered her birthday, you saved the result in the variable strBirthday. So, it’s a string. You now have to convert the string to a date and save it in a new variable, such as dtmBirthday. Now it’s a date! Now you can use the DateAdd function to add 5 days to it. So, by putting the three-letter prefix in front of the variable, it lets us know what type of data is in it.</p>
<h3>Suggested VBA Variable Prefixes</h3>
<p>Here is a list of suggestions for the three-letter prefixes:</p>
<ul>
<li>byt for a BYTE</li>
<li>bln for a BOOLEAN</li>
<li>int for an INTEGER</li>
<li>lng for a LONG</li>
<li>sng for a SINGLE</li>
<li>dbl for a DOUBLE</li>
<li>cur for a CURRENCY</li>
<li>dec for a DECIMAL</li>
<li>dtm for a DATE/TIME</li>
<li>obj for an OBJECT</li>
<li>str for a STRING</li>
<li>vrt for a VARIANT</li>
<li>typ for a TYPE</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>To hear about the latest Office 2010 news, blogs, and training, subscribe to our newsletter. Click <a href="http://www.webucator.com/webunews/index.cfm">here</a> to subscribe.</strong></p>
<p>To learn more about data types and other VBA tricks, consider our <a href="http://www.webucator.com/net/vba.cfm">VBA training</a>.</p>
<img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~4/82s_M4b56xg" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/11/30/data-types-in-vba/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/11/30/data-types-in-vba/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>Making Your Slide a Return Button in PowerPoint 2010</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~3/GWjrKP6zJc0/</link>
		<comments>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/11/05/making-your-slide-a-return-button-in-powerpoint-2010/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 05 Nov 2010 16:47:36 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Steve Sopchak</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Microsoft PowerPoint]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://office.blogs.webucator.com/?p=729</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[During a recent Microsoft PowerPoint 2010 training session, I was demonstrating a feature. It was how to add an action to text in order to link to a different slide in the presentation, and then adding a button to return to the original slide. One of my participants noted that his slides already had a [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="tweetmeme_button" style="float: right; margin-left: 10px;">
			<a href="http://api.tweetmeme.com/share?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2010%2F11%2F05%2Fmaking-your-slide-a-return-button-in-powerpoint-2010%2F"><br />
				<img src="http://api.tweetmeme.com/imagebutton.gif?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2010%2F11%2F05%2Fmaking-your-slide-a-return-button-in-powerpoint-2010%2F&amp;style=normal&amp;b=2" height="61" width="50" /><br />
			</a>
		</div>
<p>During a recent <strong>Microsoft</strong> <strong>PowerPoint 2010</strong> training session, I was demonstrating a feature. It was how to add an action to text in order to link to a different slide in the presentation, and then adding a button to return to the original slide. One of my participants noted that his slides already had a lot of content, so he didn&#8217;t want to add another graphic. Was there a way to click anywhere on the slide to return to the original slide? Turns out, there is and it&#8217;s not that difficult! Let&#8217;s take a look. <span id="more-729"></span></p>
<p>You can link an action to any object on your slide, including text. You can also insert <strong>Action Buttons</strong> to do specific things in a presentation. Action Buttons are commonly used in PowerPoint to create links within the presentation.</p>
<p>Suppose, like my student, you already have a lot of objects on your slide, and you don&#8217;t want add more clutter. Our solution was to create a transparent <strong>Action Button</strong> that covered the entire slide. This way, when he was making his presentation, he could click anywhere on the slide to trigger the action.</p>
<ol>
<li>On the <strong>Home</strong> tab, in the <strong>Drawing</strong> group, click the <strong>More</strong> button.<br />
<img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/11/110510_1401_MakingYourS1.png" alt="" /></li>
<li>In the Action Buttons section, at the bottom of the Shapes drop down, select the <strong>Action Button: Custom.</strong><br />
<img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/11/110510_1401_MakingYourS2.png" alt="" /><strong><br />
</strong></li>
<li>Draw a button that covers your slide. The Action Settings dialog box opens.</li>
<li>Click the <strong>Hyperlink to:</strong> button, and then the drop down to select your action.<br />
<img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/11/110510_1401_MakingYourS3.png" alt="" /><br />
If you select the <strong>Slide…</strong> option, a list of slides in your current presentation will display (include hidden slides) and you can link to any of the slides in the list.</li>
<li>Once you&#8217;ve selected your action, click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
<li>Right click the button and select <strong>Format Shape.</strong></li>
<li>Make sure <strong>Solid fill</strong> is selected, and change the <strong>Transparency:</strong> to <strong>100%</strong> (If you select <strong>No fill</strong>, your button won&#8217;t be clickable).</li>
<li>Click <strong>Close</strong> to close the <strong>Format Shape</strong> dialog box.</li>
<li>On the <strong>Home</strong> tab, in the <strong>Drawing</strong> group, select the <strong>Shape Outline</strong> drop down and select <strong>No Outline</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>At this point, you&#8217;ll have a transparent button that covers the whole slide. If you need to edit any of the objects that are under this button, open up the <strong>Selection and Visibility</strong> pane.</p>
<ol>
<li>On the <strong>Home</strong> tab, in the <strong>Editing</strong> group, click the <strong>Select</strong> drop down, and select <strong>Selection Pane.<br />
<img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/11/110510_1401_MakingYourS4.png" alt="" /></strong></li>
<li>The <strong>Selection and Visibility</strong> pane opens. You can use this pane to select any object on you slide and make changes to it (I&#8217;ll post more about this very handy PowerPoint tool in the future).</li>
</ol>
<p>You can test out the button by running your presentation (<strong>F5</strong>) and navigating to the &#8220;big button&#8221; slide. Click anywhere on the slide, and whatever action you&#8217;ve assigned will be activated. Pretty cool!</p>
<p>For more, check out our upcoming <a href="http://www.webucator.com/net/microsoft-powerpoint-training.cfm">Microsoft PowerPoint 2010 training classes</a>!</p>
<p><strong>To hear about the latest Office 2010 news, blogs, and training, subscribe to our newsletter. Click <a href="http://www.webucator.com/webunews/index.cfm">here</a> to subscribe.</strong></p>
<img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~4/GWjrKP6zJc0" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/11/05/making-your-slide-a-return-button-in-powerpoint-2010/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>1</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/11/05/making-your-slide-a-return-button-in-powerpoint-2010/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>Microsoft Excel Vertical Lookup Function</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~3/d6jaFov_n_s/</link>
		<comments>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/11/02/microsoft-excel-vertical-lookup-function/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 02 Nov 2010 21:21:03 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Nance</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Excel]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://office.blogs.webucator.com/?p=723</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[A vertical Lookup or most commonly known as a VLOOKUP is one of the most popular Lookup functions. It will search vertically across row headings and return the information from that row that is being searched. Your lookup value MUST be in the leftmost column but it doesn&#8217;t necessarily have to be in Column A; [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="tweetmeme_button" style="float: right; margin-left: 10px;">
			<a href="http://api.tweetmeme.com/share?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2010%2F11%2F02%2Fmicrosoft-excel-vertical-lookup-function%2F"><br />
				<img src="http://api.tweetmeme.com/imagebutton.gif?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2010%2F11%2F02%2Fmicrosoft-excel-vertical-lookup-function%2F&amp;style=normal&amp;b=2" height="61" width="50" /><br />
			</a>
		</div>
<p>A <strong>vertical Lookup</strong> or most commonly known as a <strong>VLOOKUP</strong> is one of the most popular Lookup functions.  It will search vertically across row headings and return the information from that row that is being searched.  Your lookup value <span style="text-decoration: underline"><strong>MUST</strong></span> be in the leftmost column but it doesn&#8217;t necessarily have to be in Column A; it just must be the leftmost column of your table array.  To find the column that has your search result, you simply start counting the columns in the table array from left to right!<span id="more-723"></span></p>
<p>The dialog box that you see when you click the <em>FX</em> button on the formula bar will allow you to choose the category of <em>Logical</em>.  The <strong>VLOOKUP</strong> is the last function in that category.</p>
<p style="text-align: center"><img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/11/110210_1834_VerticalLoo1.png" alt="" /></p>
<p>When you click <em>OK</em>, you will now see the different arguments for this function.  Only the arguments that are in bold are required arguments.  There may be additional optional arguments.</p>
<p style="text-align: center"><img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/11/110210_1834_VerticalLoo2.png" alt="" /></p>
<p>Now, it is simply a matter of filling in the dialog box.  As an example, let&#8217;s take a look at this workbook.</p>
<p style="text-align: center"><img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/11/110210_1834_VerticalLoo3.png" alt="" /></p>
<p>I want to look up the Customer ID and that information is in cell B4.</p>
<p style="text-align: center"><img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/11/110210_1834_VerticalLoo4.png" alt="" /></p>
<p>Table array is where to look it up.  That information is on the Sheet tab named <em>Customers</em>.</p>
<p style="text-align: center"><img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/11/110210_1834_VerticalLoo5.png" alt="" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left">Now, simply count the columns from left to right and tell it which column to return.  In this example, I want to return the <em>Percent Discount</em> and if you count from the left, that information is in the eighth column.</p>
<p style="text-align: center"><img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/11/110210_1834_VerticalLoo6.png" alt="" /></p>
<p>Once you take the <strong>VLOOKUP</strong> one piece at a time, it really makes this understandable!  Now you check to make sure that it is pulling the correct information. Next, you can simply copy the formula down the rows using relative cell addressing in the formula.  This can be a very quick way to help you get the information that you want! Good luck!</p>
<p><strong>To hear about the latest Office 2010 news, blogs, and training, subscribe to our newsletter. Click <a href="http://www.webucator.com/webunews/index.cfm">here</a> to subscribe.</strong></p>
<p>Looking  for more? Check out some of our <a href="http://www.webucator.com/net/excel.cfm">Microsoft Excel training classes</a>!</p>
<img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~4/d6jaFov_n_s" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/11/02/microsoft-excel-vertical-lookup-function/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/11/02/microsoft-excel-vertical-lookup-function/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>Keyboard Shortcuts for the Ribbons in Excel 2010</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~3/JHXEuinC6Wg/</link>
		<comments>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/10/12/keyboard-shortcuts-for-the-ribbons-in-excel-2010/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 12 Oct 2010 15:48:43 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Nance</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Excel]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://office.blogs.webucator.com/?p=709</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Are you getting tired on always grabbing the mouse when you are working in Excel? Especially, when the mouse just isn&#8217;t behaving – you know, sometimes you are just having a &#8220;bad mouse&#8221; day! Well, even though Microsoft Excel 2010 seems very mouse driven, you can still use the keyboard to perform some of the [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="tweetmeme_button" style="float: right; margin-left: 10px;">
			<a href="http://api.tweetmeme.com/share?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2010%2F10%2F12%2Fkeyboard-shortcuts-for-the-ribbons-in-excel-2010%2F"><br />
				<img src="http://api.tweetmeme.com/imagebutton.gif?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2010%2F10%2F12%2Fkeyboard-shortcuts-for-the-ribbons-in-excel-2010%2F&amp;style=normal&amp;b=2" height="61" width="50" /><br />
			</a>
		</div>
<p>Are you getting tired on always grabbing the mouse when you are working in <strong>Excel</strong>?  Especially, when the mouse just isn&#8217;t behaving – you know, sometimes you are just having a &#8220;bad mouse&#8221; day!</p>
<p>Well, even though <strong>Microsoft </strong><strong>Excel 2010</strong> seems very mouse driven, you can still use the keyboard to perform some of the actions that you need.  I am sure that you are familiar with the old standards of <em>Ctrl + N </em>to get a new workbook, <em>Ctrl + S</em> to save a workbook, and <em>Ctrl + O</em> to open a workbook, just to name a few.<span id="more-709"></span></p>
<p>If you have been using Excel for versions prior to <strong>Excel 2007</strong>, you could even use the keyboard to pull down menus from the menu bar.  But once <strong>Office 2007</strong> and <strong>Office 2010</strong> came out, there are no more menu bars.  Does that mean that the keyboard shortcut keys no longer work?  No!  The common control keyboard shortcuts still work, but can anything to work with the ribbons?  <strong>Excel 2010</strong> has not forgotten about those of us who like using the keyboard shortcut keys.  They are different, but so much better than they used to be!</p>
<p>When you open <strong>Excel 2010</strong>, your ribbon resembles this illustration.</p>
<p style="text-align: center"><img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/10/101210_1301_KeyboardSho1.png" alt="" /></p>
<p>How does this work?  Once Excel is opened, you simply press down the <strong>Alt key</strong> and your ribbon now changes to this:</p>
<p style="text-align: center"><img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/10/101210_1301_KeyboardSho2.png" alt="" /></p>
<p>By pressing the letter under the ribbon choice, you will move to that ribbon.  As an example, I will go to the insert ribbon by simply pressing the letter <strong>N.</strong> It is not case sensitive.  Now I am looking at the <strong>Insert</strong> ribbon, and I now see what are called <strong><em>Key Tips</em></strong>.</p>
<p style="text-align: center"><img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/10/101210_1301_KeyboardSho3.png" alt="" /></p>
<p>I can bring up the <strong>Shapes</strong> drop down by typing the letter <strong><em>SH</em></strong>. The ribbon now looks like this:</p>
<p style="text-align: center"><img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/10/101210_1301_KeyboardSho4.png" alt="" /></p>
<p>Now at this point, you will need to use the mouse to select and draw the shape that you would like to include.  It&#8217;s fun just to try out the different <em>Key Tips</em>.  Go ahead – you just might like them!</p>
<p><strong>To hear about the latest Office 2010 news, blogs, and training, subscribe to our newsletter. Click <a href="http://www.webucator.com/webunews/index.cfm">here</a> to subscribe.</strong></p>
<p>Want to see more tips and tricks? Check out some of our <strong><a href="http://www.webucator.com/classes/excel-2010-training.cfm">Microsoft Excel 2010 training classes</a></strong>!</p>
<img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~4/JHXEuinC6Wg" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/10/12/keyboard-shortcuts-for-the-ribbons-in-excel-2010/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>1</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/10/12/keyboard-shortcuts-for-the-ribbons-in-excel-2010/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>Cascade Updates in Microsoft Access 2010</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~3/WlG3__-z5yI/</link>
		<comments>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/09/23/cascade-updates-in-microsoft-access-2010/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 24 Sep 2010 04:31:57 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Nance</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Access]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://office.blogs.webucator.com/?p=702</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[To continue with the Edit Relationships Dialog box, the next area for discussion is the Cascade Updates section. You must enforce the Referential Integrity rules first then you can put a checkmark in Cascade Update Related Fields. Sounds very geeky, doesn&#8217;t it? This is just a way to save you time and effort in keeping [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="tweetmeme_button" style="float: right; margin-left: 10px;">
			<a href="http://api.tweetmeme.com/share?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2010%2F09%2F23%2Fcascade-updates-in-microsoft-access-2010%2F"><br />
				<img src="http://api.tweetmeme.com/imagebutton.gif?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2010%2F09%2F23%2Fcascade-updates-in-microsoft-access-2010%2F&amp;style=normal&amp;b=2" height="61" width="50" /><br />
			</a>
		</div>
<p>To continue with the<strong> Edit Relationships Dialog box</strong>, the next area for discussion is the<strong> Cascade Updates section</strong>.</p>
<p style="text-align: center"><img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/09/092410_0143_CascadeUpda1.png" alt="" /></p>
<p><span id="more-702"></span>You must enforce the <strong>Referential Integrity</strong> rules first then you can put a checkmark in <strong>Cascade Update Related Fields</strong>.  Sounds very geeky, doesn&#8217;t it?  This is just a way to save you time and effort in keeping your data accurate.</p>
<p>Let&#8217;s take a look at the information in these two tables.  This is the information in <em>tblDepartments</em>.</p>
<p style="text-align: center"><img class="aligncenter" src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/09/092410_0143_CascadeUpda2.png" alt="" /></p>
<p style="text-align: left">And the related table of <em>tblEmployees</em> information.</p>
<p style="text-align: center"><img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/09/092410_0143_CascadeUpda3.png" alt="" /></p>
<p>Once we have Enforced Referential Integrity and have put a checkmark in the</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Cascade</strong></li>
<li><strong>Update</strong></li>
<li><strong>Related</strong></li>
<li><strong>Field</strong></li>
</ul>
<p><strong> </strong>We have now made making changes easier! How do we do this?  Once you make a change in the <strong>Primary Table</strong> (<em>tblDepartments</em>) and save that record, the changes will be made automatically in the <strong>Related Table</strong> (<em>tblEmployees</em>).</p>
<p>What I am now going to illustrate is a change the <strong>DeptCode</strong> for the department of Fulfillment.  I am going to make the field of <em>DeptCode</em> change from 300 to 350.  I open the <em>tblDepartments </em>(the Primary table) and make the change on that record and then save the table.</p>
<p style="text-align: center"><img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/09/092410_0143_CascadeUpda4.png" alt="" /></p>
<p>And Voila!  Without even opening the <strong>Related Table</strong> (<em>tblEmployees</em>), the changes are also made in that table.</p>
<p>See for yourself by just opening the related table!</p>
<p style="text-align: center"><img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/09/092410_0143_CascadeUpda5.png" alt="" /></p>
<p>I normally do not <strong>Cascade Delete </strong>for related records as I usually maintain a History table to keep all of the records I have deleted as a way of maintaining a history for my database information.  But that will be for another time! Enjoy!</p>
<p><strong>To hear about the latest Office 2010 news, blogs, and training, subscribe to our newsletter. Click <a href="http://www.webucator.com/webunews/index.cfm">here</a> to subscribe.</strong></p>
<p>If you want to learn more, check out some of our<a href="http://www.webucator.com/classes/access-2010-training.cfm"> Microsoft Access 2010 training classes</a>!</p>
<img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~4/WlG3__-z5yI" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/09/23/cascade-updates-in-microsoft-access-2010/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/09/23/cascade-updates-in-microsoft-access-2010/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>Referential Integrity in Microsoft Access 2010</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~3/-LfDx1BsP6w/</link>
		<comments>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/09/15/referential-integrity-in-microsoft-access-2010/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 15 Sep 2010 21:24:43 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Nance</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Access]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://office.blogs.webucator.com/?p=691</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[In one of my earlier blog posts about creating Relationships between tables, you saw the Edit Relationship Dialog Box. I want to take a moment to discuss this Edit Relationship Dialog Box in a little more detail. It did look like this. So now, what on earth is Referential Integrity and why do you want [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="tweetmeme_button" style="float: right; margin-left: 10px;">
			<a href="http://api.tweetmeme.com/share?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2010%2F09%2F15%2Freferential-integrity-in-microsoft-access-2010%2F"><br />
				<img src="http://api.tweetmeme.com/imagebutton.gif?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2010%2F09%2F15%2Freferential-integrity-in-microsoft-access-2010%2F&amp;style=normal&amp;b=2" height="61" width="50" /><br />
			</a>
		</div>
<p>In one of my earlier blog posts about creating <strong>Relationships between table</strong>s, you saw the <strong>Edit Relationship Dialog Box</strong>. I want to take a moment to discuss this <strong>Edit Relationship Dialog Box</strong> in a little more detail. It did look like this.</p>
<p style="text-align: center"><img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/09/091510_1835_Referential1.png" alt="" /></p>
<p><span id="more-691"></span>So now, what on earth is <strong>Referential </strong><strong>Integrity</strong> and why do you want to know about it? In plain English it simply means data accuracy. Not much help there, is it? So let&#8217;s take a look at the actual table information. The Primary table is the <em>tblDepartments</em> table. The information in the table looks like this.</p>
<p style="text-align: center"><img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/09/091510_1835_Referential2.png" alt="" /></p>
<p>The Related table is the <em>tblEmployees</em> and the information in that table looks like this.</p>
<p style="text-align: center"><img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/09/091510_1835_Referential3.png" alt="" /></p>
<p>This is why the relationship between the two tables is listed as a one – to – many relationship.</p>
<p>But what does this have to do with <strong>Referential Integrity</strong>? What it means is if the department code is not listed in the primary table (the <em>tblDepartments</em>) then it can not be listed in the Related Table (<em>tblEmployees</em>). If you add a record that does not meet the <strong>Referential</strong><br />
<strong>Integrity</strong> rule, you should get a message box that looks like this.</p>
<p><img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/09/091510_1835_Referential4.png" alt="" /></p>
<p>Isn&#8217;t this a very easy way to make sure that your information in your database stays accurate?</p>
<p>But remember you only get to see the Edit Relationship Dialog Box if you join the tables in the Relationship Window. It does not show the Edit Relationship Dialog Box on screen if you try to join tables together in the query design window.</p>
<p><strong>To hear about the latest Office 2010 news, blogs, and training, subscribe to our newsletter. Click <a href="http://www.webucator.com/webunews/index.cfm">here</a> to subscribe.</strong></p>
<p>Join us and learn more in some of our <a href="http://www.webucator.com/classes/access-2010-training.cfm">Microsoft Access 2010 training classes</a>.</p>
<img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~4/-LfDx1BsP6w" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/09/15/referential-integrity-in-microsoft-access-2010/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/09/15/referential-integrity-in-microsoft-access-2010/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>Table Row Breaks in Word 2010</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~3/VlsZKmI20og/</link>
		<comments>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/09/15/table-row-breaks-in-word-2010/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 15 Sep 2010 20:05:10 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Steve Sopchak</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Word]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://office.blogs.webucator.com/?p=682</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[I really like using tables in Microsoft Word. You can use tables to create some pretty nifty layouts that would otherwise be difficult in Word. In a recent training session, I was asked about a table behavior that I don&#8217;t particularly like. By default, if your table breaks across pages, Word allows the table row [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="tweetmeme_button" style="float: right; margin-left: 10px;">
			<a href="http://api.tweetmeme.com/share?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2010%2F09%2F15%2Ftable-row-breaks-in-word-2010%2F"><br />
				<img src="http://api.tweetmeme.com/imagebutton.gif?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2010%2F09%2F15%2Ftable-row-breaks-in-word-2010%2F&amp;style=normal&amp;b=2" height="61" width="50" /><br />
			</a>
		</div>
<p>I really like using tables in <strong>Microsoft Word</strong>. You can use tables to create some pretty nifty layouts that would otherwise be difficult in Word. In a recent training session, I was asked about a table behavior that I don&#8217;t particularly like. By default, if your table breaks across pages, Word allows the table row to also break. So if you&#8217;re creating something like a glossary, it&#8217;s quite possible for a row&#8217;s content to be split across two pages. Let&#8217;s look at how to prevent that in <strong>Word 2007</strong> and <strong>2010</strong>. <span id="more-682"></span></p>
<p>To change the behavior for a particular table:</p>
<ol>
<li>Select the entire table (you can make changes row by row, but it&#8217;s easier to do it for the entire table).</li>
<li>Open the <strong>Table Properties</strong> dialog box by clicking the <strong>Layout</strong> tab and selecting <strong>Properties</strong> in the Table group, or right click in the table and select <strong>Table Properties…</strong>.</li>
<li>Click the <strong>Row</strong> tab, and uncheck <strong>Allow row to break across pages</strong>.<br />
<img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/09/091510_1716_TableRowBre1.png" alt="" /></li>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>You can also modify the default table style (and any particular styles you frequently use, or have created).</p>
<p>To modify the default Table Grid:</p>
<ol>
<li>Insert a table into a Word document (you need it to get to the Table Tools Design tab) or click in an existing table.</li>
<li>In the Table Tools Design tab, right click the <strong>Table Grid</strong> style (it&#8217;s usually the first style in the Table Styles group) and select <strong>Modify Table Style</strong><br />
<img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/09/091510_1716_TableRowBre2.png" alt="" /><strong><br />
</strong></li>
<li>Make sure <strong>Apply formatting to:</strong> is set to <strong>Whole table</strong>. Click <strong>Format</strong> and select <strong>Table Properties…<br />
</strong><img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/09/091510_1716_TableRowBre3.png" alt="" /></li>
<li>Follow Steps <strong>3</strong> and <strong>4</strong> above.</li>
<li>Select <strong>New documents based on this template</strong> and click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>Now any table you insert won&#8217;t automatically break rows across pages. Unfortunately, there doesn&#8217;t seem to be any way to set this as a preference, so if you use one of the other table styles, you&#8217;ll have to make adjustments to those styles.</p>
<p>If you want to learn more, check out some of our <a href="http://www.webucator.com/classes/word-2010-training.cfm">Microsoft Word 2010 training classes</a>.</p>
<img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~4/VlsZKmI20og" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/09/15/table-row-breaks-in-word-2010/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>1</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/09/15/table-row-breaks-in-word-2010/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>Convert a List to SmartArt in Microsoft Word 2010</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~3/TmzIchTs2YI/</link>
		<comments>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/09/13/smartart-in-microsoft-word-2010/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 13 Sep 2010 17:16:56 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Steve Sopchak</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Word]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://office.blogs.webucator.com/?p=674</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[The most recent versions of PowerPoint (2007 and 2010) have this really cool feature where you can click in any bullet list and convert that dull old list into a SmartArt graphic. This Convert to SmartArt function is not available in Word, but it&#8217;s not too hard to achieve. Let&#8217;s take a look. First you [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="tweetmeme_button" style="float: right; margin-left: 10px;">
			<a href="http://api.tweetmeme.com/share?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2010%2F09%2F13%2Fsmartart-in-microsoft-word-2010%2F"><br />
				<img src="http://api.tweetmeme.com/imagebutton.gif?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2010%2F09%2F13%2Fsmartart-in-microsoft-word-2010%2F&amp;style=normal&amp;b=2" height="61" width="50" /><br />
			</a>
		</div>
<p>The most recent versions of <strong>PowerPoint</strong> (2007 and 2010) have this really cool feature where you can click in any bullet list and convert that dull old list into a <strong>SmartArt</strong> graphic. This <strong>Convert to SmartArt</strong> function is not available in <strong>Word</strong>, but it&#8217;s not too hard to achieve. Let&#8217;s take a look. <span id="more-674"></span></p>
<p>First you need a list. I&#8217;m using the outline from my <strong>Customize the Office 2010 Ribbon</strong> webinar:</p>
<ol>
<li>Customize the Ribbon</li>
<li>Working with Tabs</li>
<li>Working with Groups</li>
<li>Sharing Your Customizations</li>
</ol>
<p>The process is pretty simple:</p>
<ol>
<li>Select your list and either <strong>Cut</strong> it or <strong>Copy</strong> it. (I suggest copying for now. If you decide to keep the SmartArt graphic, you can delete the list later. If you change your mind, you can just delete the SmartArt graphic)</li>
<li>Click where you want you insert the SmartArt. (If you leave your list selected, the graphic will replace it)</li>
<li>On the <strong>Insert</strong> tab, in the <strong>Illustrations</strong> group, click <strong>SmartArt</strong>.</li>
<li>Select the SmartArt you want to use (you can always change to a different design later).</li>
<li>If the <strong>Text Pane</strong> is not open, on the <strong>Design</strong> tab of the SmartArt Tools, in the <strong>Create Graphics</strong> group, click the <strong>Text Pane</strong> button.</li>
<li>In the Text Pane, select all the text placeholders and <strong>Paste</strong> your list.<br />
<img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/09/091310_1427_ConvertaLis1.png" alt="" /></li>
</ol>
<p>Now you have your SmartArt graphic, with all its cool formatting options.</p>
<p><img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/09/091310_1427_ConvertaLis2.png" alt="" /></p>
<p>Got a multilevel list? It works the same way. Below is my outline expanded to include the subtopics:</p>
<ol>
<li>
<div>Customize the Ribbon</div>
<ol>
<li>What Do You Want To Do?</li>
<li>Limitations</li>
<li>Getting There</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>
<div>Working with Tabs</div>
<ol>
<li>Showing/Hiding Built-in Tabs</li>
<li>Adding/Removing Custom Tabs</li>
<li>Rearranging Tabs</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>
<div>Working with Groups</div>
<ol>
<li>Adding/Removing Custom Groups</li>
<li>Adding/Removing Commands</li>
<li>Removing/Restoring Built-in Groups</li>
<li>Rearranging Groups</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>
<div>Sharing Your Customizations</div>
<ol>
<li>Exporting Customizations</li>
<li>Importing Customizations</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
<p>And below is the multilevel list as SmartArt.</p>
<p><img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/09/091310_1427_ConvertaLis3.png" alt="" /></p>
<p>You can use these techniques in both Word 2007 and 2010. Word 2010 gives you some additional SmartArt layouts. Either way, you can create some pretty compelling graphics from you lists in Word!</p>
<p><strong>To hear about the latest Office 2010 news, blogs, and training, subscribe to our newsletter. Click <a href="http://www.webucator.com/webunews/index.cfm">here</a> to subscribe.</strong></p>
<p>Want to learn more? Check out some of our <a href="http://www.webucator.com/classes/word-2010-training.cfm">Microsoft Word 2010 classes</a>.</p>
<img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~4/TmzIchTs2YI" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/09/13/smartart-in-microsoft-word-2010/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>5</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/09/13/smartart-in-microsoft-word-2010/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>Tables in Access 2010</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~3/iUFFT_-bfcE/</link>
		<comments>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/09/10/tables-in-access-2010/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 10 Sep 2010 17:18:39 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Nance</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Access]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://office.blogs.webucator.com/?p=667</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Microsoft Access is a relational database system. That simply means that in the one file you can have multiple tables, forms, queries, and reports. It is pretty much  like when you were back in junior high school and you kept all of your notes in a three-ringed binder with different sections for each of your [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="tweetmeme_button" style="float: right; margin-left: 10px;">
			<a href="http://api.tweetmeme.com/share?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2010%2F09%2F10%2Ftables-in-access-2010%2F"><br />
				<img src="http://api.tweetmeme.com/imagebutton.gif?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2010%2F09%2F10%2Ftables-in-access-2010%2F&amp;style=normal&amp;b=2" height="61" width="50" /><br />
			</a>
		</div>
<p><strong>Microsoft Access</strong> is a relational database system. That simply means that in the one file you can have multiple tables, forms, queries, and reports. It is pretty much  like when you were back in junior high school and you kept all of your notes in a three-ringed binder with different sections for each of your individual classes. <strong>Access</strong> has a navigation pane on the left side that acts as a separator of each type of object.<span id="more-667"></span></p>
<p style="text-align: center">.<img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/09/091010_1429_Joiningtabl1.png" alt="" /></p>
<p>You can have many different tables in the same file; but if you need to get information from more than one table at the same time, you need to <strong>create a join between two tables</strong>. A join is simply a way to travel between the two tables. Think of the join line as a road used to travel between the two tables. While driving, you need to find a common intersection to be able to go onto the other road. Well, in joining tables, you need to have a common field to create the join. A <strong>common field</strong> is nothing more than the same field in the two separate tables. Let&#8217;s take a look at this. We have two tables that we are going to use as an example. We want to be able to get a list of all of the departments and the employees that are in those departments. To get to the relationship window, you go to the <strong>Database Tools ribbon</strong> and click on <em><strong>Relationships</strong></em>.</p>
<p><img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/09/091010_1429_Joiningtabl2.png" alt="" /></p>
<p>You may need to select the tables that you want to join. That brings up the dialog box that allows you to select the two tables that you need to join. Now simply select your tables.</p>
<p>.<img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/09/091010_1429_Joiningtabl3.png" alt="" /></p>
<p>Once you have selected your tables, close the <strong>Show Table</strong> dialog box. You may need to resize the table information so that you can see the fields in each table. For this example, we are using the Department table and the Employees table.</p>
<p><img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/09/091010_1429_Joiningtabl4.png" alt="" /></p>
<p>Now comes the easiest part! Simply drag the field of <em>DeptCode</em> from the <em>tblDepartments</em> where it is the primary key field over the field of <em>DeptCode</em> in the <em>tblEmployees</em> where it is the foreign key field. Now what comes up is this dialog box.</p>
<p><img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/09/091010_1429_Joiningtabl5.png" alt="" /></p>
<p>Put a checkmark in<strong> Enforce Referential Integrity</strong> and I always like to<strong> Cascade Update Related Fields</strong> and now simply click the <em>Create</em> command button. You have now just created the join between these two tables and anytime you use these two tables in any query, the join line will be there.</p>
<p><img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/09/091010_1429_Joiningtabl6.png" alt="" /></p>
<p>All that is left to do is to close out of the <em>Relationship</em> window by clicking the close button and now you can create your queries pulling any information from either table.</p>
<p><img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/09/091010_1429_Joiningtabl7.png" alt="" /></p>
<p>These tables will stay joined until you decide to delete this relationship. Creating join lines in <strong>Microsoft Access</strong> really is this simple!</p>
<p><strong>To hear about the latest Office 2010 news, blogs, and training, subscribe to our newsletter. Click <a href="http://www.webucator.com/webunews/index.cfm">here</a> to subscribe.</strong></p>
<p>Learn more about this and other features in our <a href="http://www.webucator.com/net/course/introduction-to-microsoft-access-2010.cfm">Introduction to Microsoft Access 2010 class</a>!</p>
<img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~4/iUFFT_-bfcE" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/09/10/tables-in-access-2010/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/09/10/tables-in-access-2010/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>Images in PowerPoint 2010</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~3/JpSkOAqwIcI/</link>
		<comments>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/08/20/images-in-powerpoint-2010/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 20 Aug 2010 19:58:34 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Nance</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Microsoft PowerPoint]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://office.blogs.webucator.com/?p=646</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Microsoft PowerPoint 2010 has an awesome new way of displaying your pictures for any type of sales presentation. Everyone is aware of how images add to the presentation; as text alone won&#8217;t keep the audience&#8217;s attention anymore. We live in a very visual world. A picture is definitely worth a thousand words. But now, we [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="tweetmeme_button" style="float: right; margin-left: 10px;">
			<a href="http://api.tweetmeme.com/share?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2010%2F08%2F20%2Fimages-in-powerpoint-2010%2F"><br />
				<img src="http://api.tweetmeme.com/imagebutton.gif?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2010%2F08%2F20%2Fimages-in-powerpoint-2010%2F&amp;style=normal&amp;b=2" height="61" width="50" /><br />
			</a>
		</div>
<p><strong>Microsoft PowerPoint 2010</strong> has an awesome new way of displaying your pictures for any type of sales presentation.  Everyone is aware of how images add to the presentation; as text alone won&#8217;t keep the audience&#8217;s attention anymore.  We live in a very visual world.  A picture is definitely worth a thousand words.  But now, we have become complacent about the images that are in the presentations.  They just seem to be the all the same.  The image may change but it is still usually in the shape of a rectangle, the most common shape for jpegs.  Is there something new we can do to improve our presentations and make them pop?  Absolutely!  In PowerPoint 2010,<strong> </strong>we can take an ordinary picture such as the one shown below and really make unique and interesting graphics.  Let me show you how!<span id="more-646"></span></p>
<p>You have your normal jpeg PowerPoint image inserted on a slide.</p>
<p style="text-align: center;"><img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/08/082010_2008_PowerPoint211.png" alt="" /></p>
<p>This is a pretty image but nothing unusual about it.  Now using one of the new features of <strong>PowerPoint 2010</strong>, the image can be transformed to appear in different shapes as shown below.</p>
<p style="text-align: center;"><img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/08/082010_2008_PowerPoint221.png" alt="" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center;">Or</p>
<p style="text-align: center;"><img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/08/082010_2008_PowerPoint231.png" alt="" /></p>
<p>How is this possible in<strong> PowerPoint 2010</strong>?  Let me explain the steps.</p>
<ol>
<li>Insert your PowerPoint image on the slide you want</li>
<li>Once the image is selected, then using the <em>Picture Format Tools</em> contextual ribbon, go the size section and choose the drop-down arrow for crop</li>
</ol>
<p style="text-align: center;"><img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/08/082010_2008_PowerPoint241.png" alt="" /></p>
<ol>
<li>From the drop-down menu choices, select<strong> Crop to Shape</strong></li>
</ol>
<p style="text-align: center;"><img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/08/082010_2008_PowerPoint251.png" alt="" /></p>
<p style="margin-left: 108pt;">Look at all of the shape choices you have from which you may choose!</p>
<ol>
<li>Now, simply select the PowerPoint shape you wish to use and in an instant, you will have a unique image to add to your presentation.  Even the shapes of arrows really change your images.</li>
</ol>
<p style="text-align: center;">An ordinary image in PowerPoint can be changed from this</p>
<p style="text-align: center;"><img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/08/082010_2008_PowerPoint261.png" alt="" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center;">To this</p>
<p style="text-align: center;"><img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/08/082010_2008_PowerPoint271.png" alt="" /></p>
<p>You are now only limited by your imagination and creativity with<strong> PowerPoint 2010</strong>!!!</p>
<img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~4/JpSkOAqwIcI" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/08/20/images-in-powerpoint-2010/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/08/20/images-in-powerpoint-2010/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>Microsoft PowerPoint 2010 Shape Tools</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~3/ChmTbwl_N_E/</link>
		<comments>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/08/20/microsoft-powerpoint-2010-shape-tools/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 20 Aug 2010 17:45:37 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Steve Sopchak</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Microsoft PowerPoint]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://office.blogs.webucator.com/?p=624</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[The good news: Microsoft has added some nifty shape tools to Microsoft PowerPoint 2010. The not so good news: unless you know where to look, they&#8217;re not so obvious (they don&#8217;t appear in the Ribbons anywhere). If you use shapes a lot in PowerPoint, you&#8217;re probably going to want to add these tools to a [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="tweetmeme_button" style="float: right; margin-left: 10px;">
			<a href="http://api.tweetmeme.com/share?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2010%2F08%2F20%2Fmicrosoft-powerpoint-2010-shape-tools%2F"><br />
				<img src="http://api.tweetmeme.com/imagebutton.gif?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2010%2F08%2F20%2Fmicrosoft-powerpoint-2010-shape-tools%2F&amp;style=normal&amp;b=2" height="61" width="50" /><br />
			</a>
		</div>
<p>The good news: Microsoft has added some nifty shape tools to <strong>Microsoft PowerPoint 2010</strong>. The not so good news: unless you know where to look, they&#8217;re not so obvious (they don&#8217;t appear in the Ribbons anywhere). If you use shapes a lot in PowerPoint, you&#8217;re probably going to want to add these tools to a ribbon or the Quick Access Toolbar. <span id="more-624"></span></p>
<h2>The Tools in PowerPoint 2010</h2>
<ul>
<li>Shape Union – Joins shapes into a single shape</li>
<li>Shape Combine – Combines the shapes, removing overlaps</li>
<li>Shape Intersect – Creates a shape from the overlap of shapes</li>
<li>Shape Subtract – Removes one shape from another (depending on how you select them)</li>
</ul>
<p>To see what the differences are in<strong> PowerPoint 2010</strong>, I&#8217;ll overlap a couple of shapes and apply the different tools. First the shapes:<br />
<img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/08/082010_1755_ShapeToolsi1.png" alt="" /></p>
<p>Then the tools:</p>
<p><img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/08/082010_1755_ShapeToolsi2.png" alt="" /></p>
<p>*Which shape is subtracted depends on the order in which you select the shapes. In the first example, I selected the shapes at the same time (by dragging a marquee around both shapes). In this case, the top shape is subtracted from the lower shape. In the second example, I selected the rectangle first, then the circle (click the rectangle, then shift-click the circle).</p>
<h2>Accessing the Tools in PowerPoint 2010</h2>
<p>To use these tools in <strong>PowerPoint 2010</strong>, you need to either add them to the Quick Access Toolbar, or add a custom group to a ribbon. I did both.</p>
<p>To add to the Quick Access Toolbar:</p>
<ol>
<li>Right click in the Ribbon area and select <strong>Customize Quick Access Toolbar…</strong></li>
<li>In the <strong>Choose commands from:</strong> drop down, select <strong>Commands Not in the Ribbon</strong> (or <strong>All Commands</strong> – a much longer list)</li>
<li>Scroll down and select <strong>Combine Shapes</strong></li>
<li>Click <strong>Add</strong></li>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong></li>
</ol>
<p>This will add a drop down menu to your toolbar.<br />
<img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/08/082010_1755_ShapeToolsi3.png" alt="" /></p>
<p>You could also add a custom group to a ribbon of your choice. I added a custom group called <strong>Shape Tools</strong> to my <strong>Home</strong> ribbon, and added the individual tools (they&#8217;re also in the <strong>Commands Not in the Ribbon</strong> group).<br />
<img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/08/082010_1755_ShapeToolsi4.png" alt="" /></p>
<p>If you want to add a group to the ribbon, you can check out my post, <a title="Permanent Link to Customize the Ribbon in Microsoft Office 2010" href="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/06/30/customize-the-ribbon-in-microsoft-office-2010-2/">Customize the Ribbon in Microsoft Office 2010</a>.</p>
<p>Have some fun playing around with the different effects you can achieve. This one started with 4 overlapping circles. I used the Shape Combine tool to mash them together. After that, I added some formatting to my new shape:<br />
<img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/08/082010_1755_ShapeToolsi5.png" alt="" /><br />
Enjoy the new tool options! Stay tuned for a free webinar to learn even more tips!</p>
<p><strong>To hear about the latest Office 2010 news, blogs, and training, subscribe to our newsletter. Click <a href="http://www.webucator.com/webunews/index.cfm">here</a> to subscribe.</strong></p>
<img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~4/ChmTbwl_N_E" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/08/20/microsoft-powerpoint-2010-shape-tools/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/08/20/microsoft-powerpoint-2010-shape-tools/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>Using Sections in Microsoft PowerPoint 2010</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~3/q7NxhnAWKnU/</link>
		<comments>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/08/18/using-sections-in-microsoft-powerpoint-2010/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 18 Aug 2010 13:25:13 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Steve Sopchak</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Microsoft PowerPoint]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://office.blogs.webucator.com/?p=613</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[A very cool addition to Microsoft PowerPoint 2010 is the ability to create sections in your presentations. This is a great way to divvy up presentations into manageable chunks. Let&#8217;s take a peek. What Can You Do With Sections? Sections are especially useful when you have a large presentation. You can group related slides, and [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="tweetmeme_button" style="float: right; margin-left: 10px;">
			<a href="http://api.tweetmeme.com/share?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2010%2F08%2F18%2Fusing-sections-in-microsoft-powerpoint-2010%2F"><br />
				<img src="http://api.tweetmeme.com/imagebutton.gif?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2010%2F08%2F18%2Fusing-sections-in-microsoft-powerpoint-2010%2F&amp;style=normal&amp;b=2" height="61" width="50" /><br />
			</a>
		</div>
<p>A very cool addition to <strong>Microsoft</strong> <strong>PowerPoint 2010</strong> is the ability to create sections in your presentations. This is a great way to divvy up presentations into manageable chunks. Let&#8217;s take a peek.<span id="more-613"></span></p>
<h2>What Can You Do With Sections?</h2>
<p>Sections are especially useful when you have a large presentation. You can group related slides, and collapse the sections. Reordering in your presentation gets easier. Decide the Sales Section should go before the New Products section? Drag the section to its new location. You can:</p>
<ul>
<li>Put slides into logical subgroups</li>
<li>Give sections meaningful names</li>
<li>Collapse sections</li>
<li>Reorder sections by dragging</li>
<li>Apply the same transition to all slides in a section</li>
<li>Hide all the slides in a section</li>
<li>Delete a section and all the slides in it</li>
</ul>
<h2>Creating a Section</h2>
<p>You can create sections in either the Normal or Slide Sorter view. We&#8217;ll use the <strong>Normal</strong> view.</p>
<ol>
<li>In the Slides pane, click on the slide where you want to start your section.<br />
OR<br />
Click above the slide where you want the section to start (you&#8217;ll see a flashing bar).</li>
<li>On the <strong>Home</strong> tab, in the <strong>Slides</strong> group, click the <strong>Section</strong> drop down and select <strong>Add Section.</strong><br />
<img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/08/081810_1335_UsingSectio1.png" alt="" /></p>
<p>OR<br />
Right click in the Slides pane and select <strong>Add Section</strong> in the pop-up context menu.<br />
<img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/08/081810_1335_UsingSectio2.png" alt="" /></li>
</ol>
<p>Any slides after the section break will be included in that section. You can always add more section breaks to further organize the slides. Since all the sections you add by default are called &#8220;Untitled Section,&#8221; it&#8217;s a good idea to give it a more meaningful name.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click on the section break and in the Section drop down, select <strong>Rename Section.</strong><br />
OR<br />
Right click on the section break and select <strong>Rename Section.</strong></li>
<li>Give the section a more meaningful name and click <strong>Rename.</strong><br />
<img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/08/081810_1335_UsingSectio3.png" alt="" /></li>
</ol>
<p>When a section is collapsed, the number in parentheses is the number of slides in that section. Expand or collapse a section by clicking the button next to the section name.<br />
<img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/08/081810_1335_UsingSectio4.png" alt="" /><br />
(Expand or collapse all sections by right clicking on any section break and choosing the option you want.)</p>
<p>Want to move a section? Click and drag the section break to a new location. (You cannot drag a section into the middle of another section.)</p>
<p>There are several other things you can do using section. Play around with them. I&#8217;m betting you&#8217;ll find them pretty useful. Best of luck!</p>
<p>Check out more tips in our upcoming <a title="Microsoft Powerpoint training" href="http://www.webucator.com/net/microsoft-powerpoint-training.cfm">Microsoft PowerPoint training</a>.</p>
<img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~4/q7NxhnAWKnU" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/08/18/using-sections-in-microsoft-powerpoint-2010/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>9</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/08/18/using-sections-in-microsoft-powerpoint-2010/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>Printing Page Ranges in Microsoft Word 2010</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~3/fcSZGuEUl9s/</link>
		<comments>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/08/09/printing-page-ranges-in-microsoft-word-2010/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 09 Aug 2010 15:53:38 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Steve Sopchak</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Word]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://office.blogs.webucator.com/?p=602</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[I&#8217;ve had a couple of comments regarding my recent post, Printing and Print Preview in Microsoft Word 2010. I thought I&#8217;d take the opportunity to talk about the finer (possibly more obscure) points of printing ranges in Microsoft Word 2010. If you&#8217;re talking about printing parts of a document with no section breaks, it&#8217;s pretty [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="tweetmeme_button" style="float: right; margin-left: 10px;">
			<a href="http://api.tweetmeme.com/share?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2010%2F08%2F09%2Fprinting-page-ranges-in-microsoft-word-2010%2F"><br />
				<img src="http://api.tweetmeme.com/imagebutton.gif?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2010%2F08%2F09%2Fprinting-page-ranges-in-microsoft-word-2010%2F&amp;style=normal&amp;b=2" height="61" width="50" /><br />
			</a>
		</div>
<p>I&#8217;ve had a couple of comments regarding my recent post, <a href="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/05/27/printing-and-print-preview-in-microsoft-word-2010/">Printing and Print Preview in Microsoft Word 2010</a>. I thought I&#8217;d take the opportunity to talk about the finer (possibly more obscure) points of printing ranges in <strong>Microsoft Word 2010</strong>. <span id="more-602"></span></p>
<p>If you&#8217;re talking about printing parts of a document with no section breaks, it&#8217;s pretty straightforward. To print the range of pages 1 through 3 of your document, in the <strong>Pages:</strong> section of the settings area, type <strong>1-3</strong>. In <strong>Microsoft Word 2010</strong>, it will look like this:<br />
<img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/08/080910_1602_PrintingPag1.png" alt="" /></p>
<p>In earlier <strong>Microsoft Word</strong> versions, you&#8217;d enter the page range in the Print dialog box:<br />
<img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/08/080910_1602_PrintingPag2.png" alt="" /></p>
<p>To print individual, non-consecutive pages, you&#8217;d separate the page numbers with commas; e.g. <strong>1, 3, 5</strong> would print the first, third and fifth pages of a document.</p>
<h2>Printing Sections</h2>
<p>The challenge comes when your document has section breaks in it. For example, when you complete a mail merge and opt to save it in a new document instead of printing the whole thing out, Word inserts a <strong>Next Page Section Break</strong> after each of the merges. So, your one page letter to 30 recipients becomes a document with 30, one page sections. To print out the first 3 pages of your merge document, you need to specify the page and section; e.g. <strong>p1s1-p1s3</strong> (you could also just indicate the sections you want as <strong>s1-s3</strong>).</p>
<h2>What Section am I In?</h2>
<p>You can find out where you are in a document by clicking in that part of the document and looking at the <strong>Status Bar</strong> at the bottom of the window. <strong>Microsoft Word 2010</strong> and <strong>2007 </strong>do not, by default, display the section and section page. To show this information:</p>
<ol>
<li>Right click on the Status Bar.</li>
<li>Select the first two options (<strong>Formatted Page Number</strong> and <strong>Section</strong>).<br />
<img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/08/080910_1602_PrintingPag3.png" alt="" /></li>
</ol>
<p>To determine your print range:</p>
<ol>
<li>Click where you want to start the printing and note the page and section number in the status bar.</li>
<li>Scroll to the last page you want to include and click on that page. Note that page and section number.</li>
<li>Select the <strong>Print</strong> option on the <strong>File</strong> tab (or press <strong>Ctrl-P</strong>).</li>
<li>Enter your range using the format p#s#-p#s#.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Print</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>If you want to read the official Microsoft version of this see <a href="http://support.microsoft.com/kb/826218">http://support.microsoft.com/kb/826218</a></p>
<p><em><strong>To hear about the latest Office 2010 news, blogs, and training, subscribe to our newsletter. Click <a href="http://www.webucator.com/webunews/index.cfm">here</a> to subscribe.</strong></em></p>
<img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~4/fcSZGuEUl9s" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/08/09/printing-page-ranges-in-microsoft-word-2010/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>2</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/08/09/printing-page-ranges-in-microsoft-word-2010/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>Using Sparklines in Microsoft Excel 2010</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~3/MLECCZ2tErw/</link>
		<comments>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/08/06/using-sparklines-in-microsoft-excel-2010/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 06 Aug 2010 19:32:17 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Steve Sopchak</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Excel]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://office.blogs.webucator.com/?p=585</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Sparklines are a neat addition to Microsoft Excel 2010. Sparklines are miniature charts that are actually embedded in the background of worksheet cells. They&#8217;re really useful for getting a quick idea of trends in data. For example, here is some data from a worksheet (with some columns removed to make the screenshot fit better): And [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="tweetmeme_button" style="float: right; margin-left: 10px;">
			<a href="http://api.tweetmeme.com/share?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2010%2F08%2F06%2Fusing-sparklines-in-microsoft-excel-2010%2F"><br />
				<img src="http://api.tweetmeme.com/imagebutton.gif?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2010%2F08%2F06%2Fusing-sparklines-in-microsoft-excel-2010%2F&amp;style=normal&amp;b=2" height="61" width="50" /><br />
			</a>
		</div>
<p><strong>Sparklines </strong>are a neat addition to <strong>Microsoft</strong> <strong>Excel 2010</strong>. <strong>Sparklines</strong> are miniature charts that are actually embedded in the background of worksheet cells. They&#8217;re really useful for getting a quick idea of trends in data. <span id="more-585"></span>For example, here is some data from a worksheet (with some columns removed to make the screenshot fit better):</p>
<p><img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/08/080610_1941_UsingSparkl1.png" alt="" /></p>
<p>And these are the sparklines based on that data.</p>
<p><img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/08/080610_1941_UsingSparkl2.png" alt="" /></p>
<p>You have your choice of 3 types of sparklines in Excel:</p>
<ul>
<li>Line</li>
<li>Column</li>
<li>Win/Loss<br />
<img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/08/080610_1941_UsingSparkl3.png" alt="" /></li>
</ul>
<p>And, you can easily switch between the types of sparklines in Excel to see which one best suits your data.</p>
<p>To insert a sparkline in Excel:</p>
<ol>
<li>Click in the cell where you want to insert the sparkline.</li>
<li>On the <strong>Insert</strong> tab, in the <strong>Sparklines</strong> group, click the type of sparkline you want to insert. The <strong>Create Sparklines</strong> dialog box appears.<br />
<img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/08/080610_1941_UsingSparkl4.png" alt="" /></li>
<li>Use the mouse to select the data range you want to include (or enter it in the Data Range box).</li>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>Once you have a sparkline in a cell, you&#8217;ll see the <strong>Sparkline Tools – Design</strong> context tab. Here you can format the sparkline, decide whether or not to show points and markers, change colors, etc.</p>
<p>Since a sparkline is part of a cell&#8217;s background, there are a couple of things to be aware of:</p>
<ul>
<li>You can&#8217;t just hit <strong>Delete</strong> to get rid of a sparkline in Excel. You need to use the <strong>Clear</strong> option in the <strong>Design</strong> context menu.<br />
<img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/08/080610_1941_UsingSparkl5.png" alt="" /></li>
<li>You can put text (or a calculation) in a cell with a sparkline in it. For example, I used the AVERAGE function (and a little formatting) to put the average of the range in the same cell as the sparkline.<br />
<a href="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/08/trend-average.png"><img class="alignnone size-full wp-image-592" src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/08/trend-average.png" alt="" width="186" height="261" /></a><br />
<img src="/Users/WEBUCA%7E1/AppData/Local/Temp/moz-screenshot.png" alt="" /></li>
</ul>
<p>Pretty Cool!</p>
<p><em><strong>To hear about the latest Office 2010 news, blogs, and training, subscribe to our newsletter. Click <a href="http://www.webucator.com/webunews/index.cfm">here</a> to subscribe.</strong></em></p>
<img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~4/MLECCZ2tErw" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/08/06/using-sparklines-in-microsoft-excel-2010/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/08/06/using-sparklines-in-microsoft-excel-2010/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>The Attachment Field in Access 2010 and in Access 2007</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~3/z44_8AuLGbY/</link>
		<comments>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/07/30/the-attachment-field-in-access-2010-and-in-access-2007/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 30 Jul 2010 18:19:11 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Nance</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Access]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://office.blogs.webucator.com/?p=571</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[In our databases we often want to be able to include relevant material with our records. For example, if you are in a health related field, you might want to include the latest information about a particular drug or the latest study about a particular medical ailment. Up to now, what you had to do [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="tweetmeme_button" style="float: right; margin-left: 10px;">
			<a href="http://api.tweetmeme.com/share?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2010%2F07%2F30%2Fthe-attachment-field-in-access-2010-and-in-access-2007%2F"><br />
				<img src="http://api.tweetmeme.com/imagebutton.gif?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2010%2F07%2F30%2Fthe-attachment-field-in-access-2010-and-in-access-2007%2F&amp;style=normal&amp;b=2" height="61" width="50" /><br />
			</a>
		</div>
<p>In our databases we often want to be able to include relevant material with our records. For example, if you are in a health related field, you might want to include the latest information about a particular drug or the latest study about a particular medical ailment. Up to now, what you had to do was to either retype a short summary of the article or you could create a hyperlink data type to store the URL of the article on the web. In an employee database, you might want to also store the resumes with the applications. Now in Access 2010 and in Access 2007, you can use the new data type field of attachment to do this. This is where you can attach any type of file or multiple files to a particular record: a word document, an Excel worksheet, a chart, or an image to name a few. In the Employee table of your database, you may want to include the resumes of perspective employees. You can do this by simply adding the field of resume as an attachment data type in design view of your table.<span id="more-571"></span></p>
<p style="text-align: center"><img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/07/073010_1827_TheAttachme1.png" alt="" /></p>
<p>Once you switch to datasheet view, the view will look similar to this.</p>
<p style="text-align: center"><img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/07/073010_1827_TheAttachme2.png" alt="" /></p>
<p>To use the attachment field, simply double click on the paper clip and this dialog box will open.</p>
<p style="text-align: center"><img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/07/073010_1827_TheAttachme3.png" alt="" /></p>
<p>Click the Add button and choose the file that you want to attach. Then click the okay button.</p>
<p style="text-align: center"><img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/07/073010_1827_TheAttachme4.png" alt="" /></p>
<p>Now in the datasheet view, your record will look similar to this.</p>
<p style="text-align: center"><img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/07/073010_1827_TheAttachme5.png" alt="" /></p>
<p>The number represents the number of attachments to this record. To be able to open that attachment, just double-click on the number and this dialog box will appear. Choose the file that you want and double-click on the file name or single click on the name of the file and then click the open button.</p>
<p style="text-align: center"><img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/07/073010_1827_TheAttachme6.png" alt="" /></p>
<p>When you open the attachment, Access will also open the associated program for that attachment. You can add several documents as attachments for one record. Notice that you can also choose to save this attachment as a separate file, simply read the document, or edits the attached document.</p>
<p style="text-align: center"><img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/07/073010_1827_TheAttachme7.png" alt="" /></p>
<p>Everything can now be kept within your database for a logical way of keeping track of your information. No more trying to remember where your supporting documentation is stored.</p>
<p><strong>To hear about the latest Office 2010 news, blogs, and training, subscribe to our newsletter. Click <a href="http://www.webucator.com/webunews/index.cfm">here</a> to subscribe.</strong></p>
<img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~4/z44_8AuLGbY" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/07/30/the-attachment-field-in-access-2010-and-in-access-2007/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>8</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/07/30/the-attachment-field-in-access-2010-and-in-access-2007/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>Animating SmartArt Elements in Microsoft PowerPoint 2010</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~3/a9CbyruMSks/</link>
		<comments>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/07/30/animating-smartart-elements-in-microsoft-powerpoint-2010/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 30 Jul 2010 13:49:26 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Steve Sopchak</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Microsoft PowerPoint]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://office.blogs.webucator.com/?p=555</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[While conducting an Advanced PowerPoint 2007 training session, I was asked if it was possible to animate individual SmartArt elements. My initial response was that since SmartArt is a single object, you could only apply animation to the entire object. It turns out I was wrong. Here&#8217;s how you can animate parts of a SmartArt [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="tweetmeme_button" style="float: right; margin-left: 10px;">
			<a href="http://api.tweetmeme.com/share?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2010%2F07%2F30%2Fanimating-smartart-elements-in-microsoft-powerpoint-2010%2F"><br />
				<img src="http://api.tweetmeme.com/imagebutton.gif?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2010%2F07%2F30%2Fanimating-smartart-elements-in-microsoft-powerpoint-2010%2F&amp;style=normal&amp;b=2" height="61" width="50" /><br />
			</a>
		</div>
<p>While conducting an <a href="http://www.webucator.com/net/course/advanced-microsoft-powerpoint-2007-training.cfm">Advanced PowerPoint 2007 training</a> session, I was asked if it was possible to animate individual <strong>SmartArt </strong>elements. My initial response was that since SmartArt is a single object, you could only apply animation to the entire object. It turns out I was wrong. Here&#8217;s how you can animate parts of a SmartArt diagram in PowerPoint 2010 or PowerPoint 2007. <span id="more-555"></span></p>
<ol>
<li>Create your SmartArt in PowerPoint.</li>
<li>In the SmartArt Tools <strong>Design</strong> tab, in the <strong>Reset</strong> group, click the <strong>Convert</strong> drop down and select <strong>Convert to Shapes</strong>. (In PowerPoint 2007, you would select the <strong>Ungroup </strong>command in the <strong>Arrange </strong>group of the SmartArt Tools <strong>Format </strong>tab).<br />
<img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/07/073010_1357_AnimatingSm1.png" alt="" /><strong><br />
</strong>This will convert the SmartArt to a group of shapes.</li>
<li>In the Drawing Tools <strong>Format</strong> tab, in the <strong>Arrange</strong> group, click the <strong>Group</strong> drop down and select <strong>Ungroup</strong>.<br />
<img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/07/073010_1357_AnimatingSm2.png" alt="" /></li>
<li>Select each element individually and apply your animation effect.</li>
</ol>
<p>One thing you should keep in mind is that once you convert your SmartArt diagram to shapes, you lose all those neat SmartArt tools for editing the diagram. So make sure your SmartArt is in its final form before you start this. You may want to make a copy of the SmartArt slide so you have the original in case you want to edit the SmartArt (you can always just hide that slide in your PowerPoint presentation).</p>
<p><strong><strong>To hear about the latest Office 2010 news, blogs, and training, subscribe to our newsletter. Click <a href="http://www.webucator.com/webunews/index.cfm">here</a> to subscribe.</strong></strong></p>
<img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~4/a9CbyruMSks" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/07/30/animating-smartart-elements-in-microsoft-powerpoint-2010/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>1</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/07/30/animating-smartart-elements-in-microsoft-powerpoint-2010/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>Developing a “What’s New in Microsoft Word 2010″ Webinar</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~3/u_-NaNkbctE/</link>
		<comments>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/07/21/developing-a-what%e2%80%99s-new-in-microsoft-word-2010-webinar/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 21 Jul 2010 10:22:28 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Steve Sopchak</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Office]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Word]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://office.blogs.webucator.com/?p=531</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Recently, I&#8217;ve been working on developing a &#8220;What&#8217;s New…&#8221; webinar for Microsoft Word 2010. Since the webinar just had its unofficial launch, I thought I&#8217;d write about my experience with the development process. Finding Out What&#8217;s New Well yeah. There are several ways of doing this: Check out the official changes documentation. Microsoft TechNet (http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc179199.aspx) [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="tweetmeme_button" style="float: right; margin-left: 10px;">
			<a href="http://api.tweetmeme.com/share?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2010%2F07%2F21%2Fdeveloping-a-what%25e2%2580%2599s-new-in-microsoft-word-2010-webinar%2F"><br />
				<img src="http://api.tweetmeme.com/imagebutton.gif?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2010%2F07%2F21%2Fdeveloping-a-what%25e2%2580%2599s-new-in-microsoft-word-2010-webinar%2F&amp;style=normal&amp;b=2" height="61" width="50" /><br />
			</a>
		</div>
<p>Recently, I&#8217;ve been working on developing a &#8220;What&#8217;s New…&#8221; webinar for Microsoft Word 2010. Since the webinar just had its unofficial launch, I thought I&#8217;d write about my experience with the development process. <span id="more-531"></span></p>
<h2>Finding Out What&#8217;s New</h2>
<p>Well yeah. There are several ways of doing this:</p>
<ul>
<li>Check out the official changes documentation.<br />
Microsoft TechNet (<a href="http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc179199.aspx">http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc179199.aspx</a>) has a thorough (if a bit dry) summary of the changes to Word 2010.</li>
<li>Read other people&#8217;s reviews.<br />
There are lots of on-line sources, and different writers emphasize different aspects of the new version.</li>
<li>Play with the software.</li>
</ul>
<p>Actually, playing with the software was my first stop. In the case of Microsoft Office 2010, the beta release was generally available. I wanted to see what struck me first about the new release. I tried to look at it from the perspective of what the average user would notice. After that, I started reading what others had written.</p>
<h2>Narrowing It Down</h2>
<p>Early on, we decided that we wanted the webinar to be brief; a 15-20 minute presentation, followed by a Q and A session. We didn&#8217;t intend this to be an exhaustive overview, but more of a highlight reel. Then it became a matter of picking what I thought were some of the more interesting topics, while looking for some cool things to talk about. I divided the topics into what I considered to be major changes (the Backstage view, customizing Ribbons), and nice refinements (navigating by find results, inline text effects).</p>
<h2>Putting It Together</h2>
<p>Once I had an outline, it was a matter of getting the presentation down. This involved doing some pretty rough presentations with a couple of unlucky souls, followed by a company-wide practice session.</p>
<p>There are a few things to note:</p>
<ul>
<li>Because it&#8217;s a brief presentation, I was really focused on hitting my key points. This made for a somewhat stilted delivery. I expect to improve with practice.</li>
<li>I focused on the differences between Word 2007 and Word 2010, instead of taking into account that some participants might be considering migrating from Word 2003. Clearly, a major change for these people would be the Ribbon interface. So I need to spend some more time talking about the Ribbon in general.</li>
<li>Since I&#8217;ll be preparing webinars for Excel and PowerPoint, I&#8217;ll be reusing some of the content (the Backstage view, the Ribbon interface), adjusting for those applications.</li>
<li>I expect to be making some further refinements based on the questions I get from participants.</li>
</ul>
<h3>The Resulting Word 2010 Webinar</h3>
<p>In any case, I think the result is a good, short introduction to some of the most important changes in Word 2010.  If you&#8217;re interested, you can register for the <a href="http://www.webucator.com/recordedcoursetype/register.cfm?CourseTypeID=1734">Word 2010 New Features webinar</a> here.</p>
<img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~4/u_-NaNkbctE" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/07/21/developing-a-what%e2%80%99s-new-in-microsoft-word-2010-webinar/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/07/21/developing-a-what%e2%80%99s-new-in-microsoft-word-2010-webinar/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>New Data Type in Access 2010 – Calculated Field Data Type</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~3/JCI15ruDjok/</link>
		<comments>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/07/20/new-data-type-in-access-2010-%e2%80%93-calculated-field-data-type/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 20 Jul 2010 17:07:21 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Nance</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Access]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://office.blogs.webucator.com/?p=546</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[How many times have you had to create an expression on a form to place the name field? For good table design in previous versions of Access, you had one text field for last name and another text field for first name. But when you wanted to have the complete name in one field, you [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="tweetmeme_button" style="float: right; margin-left: 10px;">
			<a href="http://api.tweetmeme.com/share?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2010%2F07%2F20%2Fnew-data-type-in-access-2010-%25e2%2580%2593-calculated-field-data-type%2F"><br />
				<img src="http://api.tweetmeme.com/imagebutton.gif?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2010%2F07%2F20%2Fnew-data-type-in-access-2010-%25e2%2580%2593-calculated-field-data-type%2F&amp;style=normal&amp;b=2" height="61" width="50" /><br />
			</a>
		</div>
<p>How many times have you had to create an expression on a form to place the name field? For good table design in previous versions of Access, you had one text field for last name and another text field for first name. But when you wanted to have the complete name in one field, you had to build a form and then create an unbound text box to place the concatenated field. Well, now in Access 2010 there is a new data type called calculated. And it does allow you to concatenate two fields that are in the same table into a new separate field that can be seen in the datasheet view. The only concession that it has is that the new field must be created based on two or more fields within the same table. Let me show you how easy it is to do that.<span id="more-546"></span></p>
<p>We start off with a very basic table of Company information. See illustration below.</p>
<p style="text-align: center;"><img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/07/072010_1715_NewDataType1.png" alt="" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center;">
<p>Switch to design view of the datasheet and add the new field of EmpName and choose the data type to be calculated.</p>
<p style="text-align: center;"><img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/07/072010_1715_NewDataType2.png" alt="" /></p>
<p>Once you choose calculated as a data type, the expression builder comes up.</p>
<p style="text-align: center;"><img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/07/072010_1715_NewDataType3.png" alt="" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center;">
<p>The Expression Elements already lists the table you are using. The Expression Categories will list the fields that you have in that table.</p>
<p>What to type:</p>
<ol>
<li>Double click the field of FirstName</li>
<li>Type in the ampersand (&amp;) which is the concatenating operator.</li>
<li>Type double quotation marks as they indicate literal characters, press the spacebar and type ending double quotation marks.</li>
<li>Type the ampersand again to join to that the field of LastName</li>
<li>Click the OK button</li>
</ol>
<p>Now the design view looks like this:</p>
<p style="text-align: center;"><img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/07/072010_1715_NewDataType4.png" alt="" /></p>
<p>Notice that instead of the format property, you now have the expression you created.</p>
<p>When you switch to datasheet view, your table now has your new field.</p>
<p><img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/07/072010_1715_NewDataType5.png" alt="" /></p>
<p>It really is that easy in Access 2010.</p>
<img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~4/JCI15ruDjok" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/07/20/new-data-type-in-access-2010-%e2%80%93-calculated-field-data-type/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>5</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/07/20/new-data-type-in-access-2010-%e2%80%93-calculated-field-data-type/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>Import/Export Ribbons in Office 2010</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~3/_WBoGlm-5Co/</link>
		<comments>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/07/02/import-export-ribbons-in-office-2010/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 02 Jul 2010 13:48:06 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Steve Sopchak</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Office]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Word]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://office.blogs.webucator.com/?p=521</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Ok, you&#8217;ve done some pretty nifty customizations in your Office 2010 applications. Coworkers really like your custom tabs and groups, and ask that you do the same for them. You could go from computer to computer to make the changes. Or you could just export your setting so that other people can import them into [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="tweetmeme_button" style="float: right; margin-left: 10px;">
			<a href="http://api.tweetmeme.com/share?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2010%2F07%2F02%2Fimport-export-ribbons-in-office-2010%2F"><br />
				<img src="http://api.tweetmeme.com/imagebutton.gif?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2010%2F07%2F02%2Fimport-export-ribbons-in-office-2010%2F&amp;style=normal&amp;b=2" height="61" width="50" /><br />
			</a>
		</div>
<p>Ok, you&#8217;ve done some pretty nifty customizations in your Office 2010 applications. Coworkers really like your custom tabs and groups, and ask that you do the same for them. You could go from computer to computer to make the changes. Or you could just export your setting so that other people can import them into their applications. Let&#8217;s take a look. <span id="more-521"></span></p>
<p>Since I have a custom group called <strong>Send</strong> (see below) on the <strong>Home</strong> tab of Word 2010, I&#8217;ll use that as an example. The procedure is the same for all the Office 2010 applications.<br />
<img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/07/070210_1354_ImportExpor1.png" alt="" /></p>
<h2>Open the Customize the Ribbon Dialog</h2>
<ol>
<li>Click the <strong>File</strong> tab</li>
<li>Click <strong>Options</strong><br />
<img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/07/070210_1354_ImportExpor2.png" alt="" /></li>
<li>Click <strong>Customize the Ribbon</strong><br />
<img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/07/070210_1354_ImportExpor3.png" alt="" /></li>
</ol>
<p>Or</p>
<ol>
<li>Right click anywhere in the Ribbon</li>
<li>Select <strong>Customize the Ribbon…</strong> from the drop down<br />
<img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/07/070210_1354_ImportExpor4.png" alt="" /></li>
</ol>
<h2>Export Customizations</h2>
<ol>
<li>Click the <strong>Import/Export</strong> button</li>
<li>Select <strong>Export all customizations</strong> from the drop down<br />
<img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/07/070210_1354_ImportExpor5.png" alt="" /></li>
<li>Change the file name and/or location if you want and click <strong>Save<br />
<img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/07/070210_1354_ImportExpor6.png" alt="" /></strong><br />
By default, the file is named <em>Word Customizations.exportedUI</em> ( and an Excel export file is called <em>Excel Customizations.exportedUI</em>, and PowerPoint is called <em>PowerPoint Customizations.exportedUI</em>. You get the idea). If you do decide to rename the file, it&#8217;s a real good idea to maintain the application name in your file name, since they&#8217;re all saved as the same file type.</li>
</ol>
<h2>Import Customizations</h2>
<p>One thing you should be aware of is that <em>when you import customizations, you lose any previous customizations you&#8217;ve done to the Ribbon and the Quick Access Toolbar</em>. If you&#8217;d like to be able to revert to your customizations, export them first.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click the <strong>Import/Export</strong> button</li>
<li>Select <strong>Import customization file</strong> from the drop down</li>
<li>Locate your *.exportedUI file (this is the only type of file you can open from the dialog) and click <strong>Open</strong></li>
</ol>
<h2>The Customization File</h2>
<p>If you&#8217;re wondering what that *.exportedUI file looks like, a screen shot is below. I opened it in TextPad (a pretty nifty text editor) and added a line return after each tag (just for readability).<br />
<img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/07/070210_1354_ImportExpor7.png" alt="" /></p>
<p>The top box (red) shows the changes to my Quick Access ToolBar. The bottom box (blue) shows my custom <strong>Send</strong> group added to the <strong>Home</strong> tab.</p>
<p>If a company wanted to establish a standard interface for the Office 2010 applications, a customization file for each application could be distributed company-wide.</p>
<p><strong>To hear about the latest Office 2010 news, blogs, and training, subscribe to our newsletter. Click <a href="http://www.webucator.com/webunews/index.cfm">here</a> to subscribe.</strong></p>
<img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~4/_WBoGlm-5Co" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/07/02/import-export-ribbons-in-office-2010/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>2</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/07/02/import-export-ribbons-in-office-2010/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>Customize the Ribbon in Microsoft Office 2010</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~3/u5MUSr1AEN0/</link>
		<comments>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/06/30/customize-the-ribbon-in-microsoft-office-2010-2/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 30 Jun 2010 16:41:35 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Steve Sopchak</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Office]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Word]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://office.blogs.webucator.com/?p=507</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[One of the big changes in the Microsoft Office 2010 applications is your ability to customize the ribbons. You can add a custom group to any tab, add a custom tab, or remove a group from a tab. Let&#8217;s take a look at adding a custom group to the Home tab in Microsoft Word 2010. [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="tweetmeme_button" style="float: right; margin-left: 10px;">
			<a href="http://api.tweetmeme.com/share?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2010%2F06%2F30%2Fcustomize-the-ribbon-in-microsoft-office-2010-2%2F"><br />
				<img src="http://api.tweetmeme.com/imagebutton.gif?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2010%2F06%2F30%2Fcustomize-the-ribbon-in-microsoft-office-2010-2%2F&amp;style=normal&amp;b=2" height="61" width="50" /><br />
			</a>
		</div>
<p>One of the big changes in the Microsoft Office 2010 applications is your ability to customize the ribbons. You can add a custom group to any tab, add a custom tab, or remove a group from a tab. Let&#8217;s take a look at adding a custom group to the Home tab in Microsoft Word 2010. <span id="more-507"></span></p>
<p>While you can reorder and remove existing groups in a ribbon, you can&#8217;t add commands to an existing group. So to customize a ribbon, you need to add a custom group. We&#8217;ll add a custom group called <strong>Send</strong> to the <strong>Home</strong> tab, and add 3 commands to that group:</p>
<ul>
<li>Blog</li>
<li>E-mail</li>
<li>Send to Microsoft PowerPoint</li>
</ul>
<p>Customize the Ribbon
    <object classid="clsid:D27CDB6E-AE6D-11cf-96B8-444553540000" id="swfobj_0" width="600" height="480" align="center">
      <param name="movie" value="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/06/CustomizeRibbon_controller.swf" />
      <param name="align" value="center" />
      <!--[if !IE]>-->
      <object type="application/x-shockwave-flash" data="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/06/CustomizeRibbon_controller.swf" width="600" height="480" align="center">
      <!--<![endif]-->
        
      <!--[if !IE]>-->
      </object>
      <!--<![endif]-->
    </object>
</p>
<p><strong>To hear about the latest Office 2010 news, blogs, and training, subscribe to our newsletter. Click <a href="http://www.webucator.com/webunews/index.cfm">here</a> to subscribe.</strong></p>
<img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~4/u5MUSr1AEN0" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/06/30/customize-the-ribbon-in-microsoft-office-2010-2/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>3</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/06/30/customize-the-ribbon-in-microsoft-office-2010-2/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>Creating a Multi-value field in Access 2010</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~3/jnMKl5ZsbME/</link>
		<comments>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/06/29/creating-a-multi-value-field-in-access-2010/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 29 Jun 2010 20:25:49 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Nance</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Access]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://office.blogs.webucator.com/?p=498</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[With so much collaboration in today&#8217;s business world, we often assign two or more people to the same project. In previous versions of Access, you had to enter separate records for each person to that project. Not anymore! Access has now included a multivalue field in the database. Is it hard to set up? Not [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="tweetmeme_button" style="float: right; margin-left: 10px;">
			<a href="http://api.tweetmeme.com/share?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2010%2F06%2F29%2Fcreating-a-multi-value-field-in-access-2010%2F"><br />
				<img src="http://api.tweetmeme.com/imagebutton.gif?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2010%2F06%2F29%2Fcreating-a-multi-value-field-in-access-2010%2F&amp;style=normal&amp;b=2" height="61" width="50" /><br />
			</a>
		</div>
<p>With so much collaboration in today&#8217;s business world, we often assign two or more people to the same project. In previous versions of Access, you had to enter separate records for each person to that project. Not anymore! Access has now included a multivalue field in the database. Is it hard to set up? Not at all. For example, in your database you already have a table listing the employees. You will want to create a separate table for your projects. In this projects table, you will have the fields of Project Id, Project Name, Description, Due Date, and Employees.</p>
<p style="text-align: center"><img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/06/062910_2032_CreatingaMu1.png" alt="" /><span id="more-498"></span><span style="font-family: Times New Roman;font-size: 12pt"><br />
</span></p>
<p>Open your table Design View and select the <strong>Employees</strong> field. For the data type, click on the drop down arrow and choose <strong>Lookup Wizard</strong>.<br />
<img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/06/062910_2032_CreatingaMu2.png" alt="" /></p>
<ol>
<li>It is now a simple matter of following the steps of the wizard. This is the opening screen. You can choose to either look up the information that you want in another table in the same database or you can choose to type in your own list. Click the Next button.<br />
<img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/06/062910_2032_CreatingaMu3.png" alt="" /></li>
<li>In the second Screen, you simply choose the table you wish to use. Then click the Next button.<br />
<img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/06/062910_2032_CreatingaMu4.png" alt="" /></li>
<li>The third screen allows you to choose the fields that you want to see in the drop-down.<br />
<img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/06/062910_2032_CreatingaMu5.png" alt="" /></li>
<li>The fourth screen allows you to sort your list by whatever field you choose. You can sort by either Ascending or Descending order.<br />
<img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/06/062910_2032_CreatingaMu6.png" alt="" /></li>
<li>In this screen you can see how your drop-down list will look to your users. If needed, you can also resize the column width by dragging the right edge of the column border.<br />
<img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/06/062910_2032_CreatingaMu7.png" alt="" /></li>
<li>This is the final screen and <strong>be sure to put the checkmark in Allow Multiple Values</strong>.<br />
<img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/06/062910_2032_CreatingaMu8.png" alt="" /></li>
</ol>
<p>You&#8217;re done. Now when you switch back to datasheet view of your table and you tab into the Employees field, you will see the drop-down arrow to click. Your list of choices will be displayed.</p>
<p style="text-align: center"><img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/06/062910_2032_CreatingaMu9.png" alt="" /></p>
<p>Simply click on the names of the employees that are working on this project and then click okay.</p>
<p style="text-align: center"><img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/06/062910_2032_CreatingaMu10.png" alt="" /><span style="font-family: Times New Roman;font-size: 12pt"><br />
</span></p>
<p>Finish adding your information to your record and when you have moved to another record, the datasheet will look like this.</p>
<p style="text-align: center"><img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/06/062910_2032_CreatingaMu11.png" alt="" /></p>
<p>Now both names of your participating employees are included in this one record.</p>
<p><strong>To hear about the latest Office 2010 news, blogs, and training, subscribe to our newsletter. Click <a href="http://www.webucator.com/webunews/index.cfm">here</a> to subscribe.</strong></p>
<img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~4/jnMKl5ZsbME" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/06/29/creating-a-multi-value-field-in-access-2010/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>2</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/06/29/creating-a-multi-value-field-in-access-2010/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>SmartArt in PowerPoint 2010</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~3/bxkt-OP2GVM/</link>
		<comments>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/06/22/smartart-in-powerpoint-2010/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 22 Jun 2010 17:23:48 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Nance</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Microsoft PowerPoint]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://office.blogs.webucator.com/?p=422</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[How many times have you sat in meetings looking at a series of boring bulleted slides like the one below? After a while they all start to look the same. Isn&#8217;t there a way to make your bulleted slides more interesting, so that they help hold people&#8217;s interest for a little longer? Absolutely! In PowerPoint [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="tweetmeme_button" style="float: right; margin-left: 10px;">
			<a href="http://api.tweetmeme.com/share?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2010%2F06%2F22%2Fsmartart-in-powerpoint-2010%2F"><br />
				<img src="http://api.tweetmeme.com/imagebutton.gif?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2010%2F06%2F22%2Fsmartart-in-powerpoint-2010%2F&amp;style=normal&amp;b=2" height="61" width="50" /><br />
			</a>
		</div>
<p><span style="color: black;font-family: Georgia;font-size: 10pt">How many times have you sat in meetings looking at a series of boring bulleted slides like the one below? After a while they all start to look the same. Isn&#8217;t there a way to make your bulleted slides more interesting, so that they help hold people&#8217;s interest for a little longer? Absolutely! In PowerPoint 2007 and PowerPoint 2010 there is a feature called <strong>SmartArt</strong>. It helps jazz up your PowerPoint presentation and can actually convey more information than you can get from a simple bulleted list.<span id="more-422"></span><br />
</span></p>
<p><span style="color: black;font-family: Georgia;font-size: 10pt">For example, take this slide:<br />
</span><br />
<img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/06/062010_2123_SmartArtinP1.png" alt="" /></p>
<p><span style="color: black;font-family: Georgia;font-size: 10pt">Not only is it pretty dull, it also doesn&#8217;t show the relationship between the bullets:<br />
<em>Service + Commitment + Guarantee = Client Satisfaction</em>.<br />
</span></p>
<p><span style="color: black;font-family: Georgia;font-size: 10pt">With PowerPoint&#8217;s SmartArt, we can quickly and easily jazz this slide up and give it more meaning.<br />
</span></p>
<ol>
<li>
<div><span style="color: black;font-family: Georgia;font-size: 10pt">You have a couple options for adding SmartArt:</span></div>
<ul>
<li><span style="font-family: Georgia">From the slide itself, click on the <strong>Insert SmartArt Graphic</strong> icon:</span><img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/06/062010_2123_SmartArtinP2.png" alt="" /></li>
<li>From the <strong>Insert</strong> ribbon, click the <strong>SmartArt</strong> icon.<br />
<img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/06/062010_2123_SmartArtinP3.png" alt="" /></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li>The <strong>Choose a SmartArt Graphic</strong> dialog will appear. Select the category from the left and then the graphic you want to use. In our case, we&#8217;ll select the <strong>Converging Radial</strong> graphic from the <strong>Relationship</strong> category:<br />
<img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/06/062010_2123_SmartArtinP4.png" alt="" /></li>
<li>The SmartArt will appear. You can then click the box with the two triangles on the left to get an easy text-entry form:<br />
<img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/06/062010_2123_SmartArtinP5.png" alt="" /></li>
<li>Enter your text and it will show up in the SmartArt graphic:<br />
<img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/06/062010_2123_SmartArtinP6.png" alt="" /></li>
<li>Then you can make it more colorful using the <strong>SmartArt Tools</strong> options on the ribbon:<br />
<img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/06/062010_2123_SmartArtinP7.png" alt="" /></li>
</ol>
<p>With some relatively simple work, you can turn the original boring list into something like this:</p>
<p><img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/06/062010_2123_SmartArtinP8.png" alt="" /></p>
<p><span style="font-family: Times New Roman;font-size: 12pt">Better? I think so!<br />
</span></p>
<p><span style="font-family: Times New Roman;font-size: 12pt">Go ahead. Open up PowerPoint 2010 (or 2007 if you haven&#8217;t yet upgraded) and start playing with SmartArt. You&#8217;ll have fun.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-family: Times New Roman;font-size: 12pt"><strong>To hear about the latest Office 2010 news, blogs, and training, subscribe to our newsletter. Click <a href="http://www.webucator.com/webunews/index.cfm">here</a> to subscribe.</strong></span></p>
<img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~4/bxkt-OP2GVM" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/06/22/smartart-in-powerpoint-2010/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>4</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/06/22/smartart-in-powerpoint-2010/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>Recent Places in Microsoft Office 2010</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~3/PqmNMnW3tVE/</link>
		<comments>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/06/21/recent-places-in-the-microsoft-office-2010/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 21 Jun 2010 14:07:29 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Steve Sopchak</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Excel]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Office]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Microsoft PowerPoint]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Word]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://office.blogs.webucator.com/?p=430</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[I recently received a question regarding my article about Microsoft Office 2010 Backstage View. &#8220;Is there anyway I can also remove the list in Recent Places.&#8221; Let&#8217;s take a look at that. The Recent Places panel appears in Word 2010, Excel 2010, and PowerPoint 2010. There are a few things you can do to customize [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="tweetmeme_button" style="float: right; margin-left: 10px;">
			<a href="http://api.tweetmeme.com/share?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2010%2F06%2F21%2Frecent-places-in-the-microsoft-office-2010%2F"><br />
				<img src="http://api.tweetmeme.com/imagebutton.gif?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2010%2F06%2F21%2Frecent-places-in-the-microsoft-office-2010%2F&amp;style=normal&amp;b=2" height="61" width="50" /><br />
			</a>
		</div>
<p>I recently received a question regarding my article about <a title="Permanent Link to Microsoft Office 2010 Backstage  View" href="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/05/21/microsoft-office-2010-backstage-view/"><strong>Microsoft Office 2010 Backstage View</strong></a>. &#8220;Is there anyway I can also remove the list in Recent Places.&#8221; Let&#8217;s take a look at that. <span id="more-430"></span></p>
<p>The <strong>Recent Places</strong> panel appears in Word 2010, Excel 2010, and PowerPoint 2010. There are a few things you can do to customize the <strong>Recent Places</strong> panel. You can:</p>
<ul>
<li>Pin locations (always keep these locations in the list)</li>
<li>Unpin locations</li>
<li>Selectively remove locations</li>
<li>Clear all unpinned locations</li>
</ul>
<h2>To Get Started</h2>
<ol>
<li>Click the <strong>File</strong> tab</li>
<li>Click the <strong>Recent</strong> option:<br />
<a href="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/06/Recent.png"><img class="alignnone size-full wp-image-438" src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/06/Recent.png" alt="Recent" width="132" height="37" /></a></li>
</ol>
<h2>To Pin a Location to the List</h2>
<p>Click the <strong>Pin </strong>button next to location name<br />
<img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/06/062110_1413_TheRecentTa1.png" alt="" /><br />
Or right-click the location and select<strong> Pin to list</strong><br />
<img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/06/062110_1413_TheRecentTa2.png" alt="" /></p>
<h2>To Unpin a Location from the List</h2>
<p>Click the <strong>Pin </strong>button next to location name<br />
<img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/06/062110_1413_TheRecentTa3.png" alt="" /><br />
Or right-click the location and select <strong>Unpin from list</strong><br />
<img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/06/062110_1413_TheRecentTa4.png" alt="" /></p>
<h2>To Selectively Remove a Location</h2>
<ol>
<li>Right-click the location you want to remove</li>
<li>Select <strong>Remove from list</strong><br />
<img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/06/062110_1413_TheRecentTa5.png" alt="" /><br />
<em>(This option is available even if the location is pinned to the list)</em></li>
</ol>
<h2>To Clear All Unpinned Locations</h2>
<ol>
<li>Right-click any location on the <strong>Recent Places</strong> list</li>
<li>Select <strong>Clear unpinned Places</strong><br />
<img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/06/062110_1413_TheRecentTa6.png" alt="" /><br />
<em>(If you want to remove all the locations in the list, make sure none of the locations are pinned.) </em></li>
<li>Click <strong>Yes</strong><br />
<img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/06/062110_1413_TheRecentTa7.png" alt="" /><span style="font-family: Times New Roman;font-size: 12pt"><strong><br />
</strong></span>This will clear all the unpinned locations from your <strong>Recent Places</strong> list.<span style="font-family: Times New Roman;font-size: 12pt"><br />
</span></li>
</ol>
<p>You can use the same techniques to customize the <em>Recent Documents</em>, <em>Recent Workbooks,</em> and <em>Recent Presentations</em> lists in Word, Excel, and PowerPoint.</p>
<p>Get Microsoft Office tips from our trainers and hear about our latest Office blogs, classes, and webinars by signing up for our <a title="Webucator Newsletter" href="http://www.webucator.com/webunews/index.cfm">newsletter</a>.</p>
<img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~4/PqmNMnW3tVE" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/06/21/recent-places-in-the-microsoft-office-2010/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>14</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/06/21/recent-places-in-the-microsoft-office-2010/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>Getting Started with Microsoft Project</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~3/7MY5asRJfzs/</link>
		<comments>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/06/16/getting-started-with-microsoft-project/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 16 Jun 2010 20:02:59 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>MaryPat</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Project]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://office.blogs.webucator.com/?p=411</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Microsoft Project is an application that specializes in keeping track of: The tasks &#8212; the to-do list The resource list&#8211;people and materials The duration &#8212; time for tasks Projects can be as large or small as the user needs. Follow these steps to get started on a familiar but simple project. The easiest way to begin [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="tweetmeme_button" style="float: right; margin-left: 10px;">
			<a href="http://api.tweetmeme.com/share?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2010%2F06%2F16%2Fgetting-started-with-microsoft-project%2F"><br />
				<img src="http://api.tweetmeme.com/imagebutton.gif?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2010%2F06%2F16%2Fgetting-started-with-microsoft-project%2F&amp;style=normal&amp;b=2" height="61" width="50" /><br />
			</a>
		</div>
<p><strong>Microsoft Project</strong> is an application that specializes in keeping track of:</p>
<ol>
<li>The <strong>tasks &#8212; </strong>the to-do list</li>
<li>The <strong>resource</strong> list&#8211;people and materials</li>
<li>The <strong>duration</strong> &#8212; time for tasks<span id="more-411"></span></li>
</ol>
<p>Projects can be as large or small as the user needs. Follow these steps to get started on a familiar but simple project.</p>
<ol>
<li>
<div>The easiest way to begin is to create the <strong>Task List</strong>. This is your to-do list &#8211; all the things you would have to do to accomplish the project. For example, if the project were to paint the room &#8211; the tasks would be buy the paint, move furniture, cover items with drop clothes, assemble supplies, begin painting. You can go into as much detail as you need. These are entered individually on the <strong>Task List</strong>.</div>
<p><img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/06/061610_1708_MSProjectGe1.png" alt="" /></li>
<li>It is a good idea to decide how long in hours or days each task will take. This is entered as the <strong>Duration </strong>of the task, on the <strong>Task List</strong>.</li>
<li>The next step is to decide when you will begin the project. That is the<strong> Project Start Date</strong>. That date gets entered under the <strong>Project Menu-&gt;Project Information</strong>.</li>
<li>The <strong>Resource List</strong> is simply a list of those people and/or materials you will need to complete the <strong>Project</strong>. That is a table under the <strong>View Menu-&gt;Resource Sheet</strong>. If you need to keep track of the money spent, that would get entered on the <strong>Resource Sheet</strong> either by cost/hour or one-time cost.</li>
<li>The number of resources (people working) will determine how you will sequence the tasks. If only one is painting, the tasks have to be sequenced so that one task starts and finishes before the next one starts. If you have multiple people, the sequencing could have two tasks going at the same time.</li>
<li>This sequencing is known as <strong>Linking</strong> and there is a little <strong>chain button</strong> <img class="alignnone size-full wp-image-413" src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/06/link.png" alt="link" width="33" height="28" /> on the toolbar that will sequence the <strong>selected</strong> tasks.</li>
<li>Once the project begins, you can keep track of the progress of the Project by using the <strong>Tracking</strong><br />
<strong>Toolbar</strong> to mark things partially or all done. (Right-click on any toolbar and select it.)</li>
<li>Remember to enter the supplies on both the <strong>Resource Sheet</strong> and the <strong>Task</strong> as they contribute to the <strong>Cost </strong>of the project</li>
<li>Complete the <strong>tracking </strong>until all task are done. Then stop.</li>
<li>You can then check out the time and costs for your <strong>Project</strong> by using <strong>Reports</strong> from the <strong>Report Menu.<br />
</strong></li>
</ol>
<p>Try <strong>Microsoft Project</strong> and be patient with yourself. Have fun painting!</p>
<p><em>If you&#8217;re just getting started with Microsoft Project, you may be interested in our </em><a href="http://www.webucator.com/net/course/introduction-to-microsoft-project-2010-training.cfm"><em>Introduction to Microsoft Project 2010 class</em></a><em>.</em></p>
<p><em><strong>To hear about the latest Office 2010 news, blogs, and training, subscribe to our newsletter. Click <a href="http://www.webucator.com/webunews/index.cfm">here</a> to subscribe.</strong></em></p>
<img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~4/7MY5asRJfzs" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/06/16/getting-started-with-microsoft-project/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/06/16/getting-started-with-microsoft-project/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>Text Effects in Microsoft Word 2010</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~3/5wAoJuP3YYw/</link>
		<comments>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/06/11/text-effects-in-microsoft-word-2010/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 11 Jun 2010 14:01:47 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Steve Sopchak</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Word]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://office.blogs.webucator.com/?p=400</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[If you&#8217;ve had a chance to look at the Microsoft Word 2010 Home ribbon, you may have noticed a new button in the Font group. The Text Effects button allows you to apply some pretty cool effects to any text in your Word 2010 document. Let&#8217;s take a look. You can apply a number of [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="tweetmeme_button" style="float: right; margin-left: 10px;">
			<a href="http://api.tweetmeme.com/share?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2010%2F06%2F11%2Ftext-effects-in-microsoft-word-2010%2F"><br />
				<img src="http://api.tweetmeme.com/imagebutton.gif?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2010%2F06%2F11%2Ftext-effects-in-microsoft-word-2010%2F&amp;style=normal&amp;b=2" height="61" width="50" /><br />
			</a>
		</div>
<p>If you&#8217;ve had a chance to look at the Microsoft Word 2010 Home ribbon, you may have noticed a new button in the Font group. The <strong>Text Effects</strong> button allows you to apply some pretty cool effects to <em>any</em> text in your Word 2010 document. Let&#8217;s take a look.<span id="more-400"></span></p>
<p><img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/06/061110_1407_TextEffects1.png" alt="" /></p>
<p>You can apply a number of effects to any text in the document.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select the text you want to format.</li>
<li>Click the <strong>Text Effects</strong> drop down.<br />
<img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/06/061110_1407_TextEffects2.png" alt="" /></li>
<li>Select one of the presets, or apply individual effects (I&#8217;m partial to the <strong>Reflection</strong> effect).</li>
</ol>
<p><img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/06/061110_1407_TextEffects3.png" alt="" /></p>
<p>The really cool thing about this is that you can continue to edit the text as you normally would.</p>
<p>One thing I should note about this. If you open the document in Word 2007, the text effects are <strong>permanently</strong> removed. You can avoid this by creating <strong>custom styles</strong> for any text effects you&#8217;ve applied. If you open the document in 2007, you won&#8217;t see the effects, but if you reopen it in 2010, they&#8217;ll be there. See <a href="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/03/30/reuse-styles-across-word-documents/">Reuse styles across Microsoft Word 2007 documents</a>. Yes, it&#8217;s written for Word 2007, but the procedure hasn&#8217;t changed in Word 2010.</p>
<p>Want to learn more? Hear about our latest Office blogs, classes, and webinars by signing up for our <a title="Webucator Newsletter" href="http://www.webucator.com/webunews/index.cfm">newsletter</a>.</p>
<img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~4/5wAoJuP3YYw" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/06/11/text-effects-in-microsoft-word-2010/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>14</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/06/11/text-effects-in-microsoft-word-2010/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>Keyboard Navigation in the Microsoft Office 2010 Ribbons</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~3/j1FngvkyGGM/</link>
		<comments>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/06/06/keyboard-navigation-in-the-microsoft-office-2010-ribbons/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sun, 06 Jun 2010 19:30:39 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Steve Sopchak</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Office]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Word]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://office.blogs.webucator.com/?p=388</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Ok, you&#8217;re a keyboard virtuoso. Maybe you find stopping to click on a ribbon and then clicking an option slows you down. In Office 2010, you can use your keyboard to select any ribbon tab, and then any command in that ribbon. Let&#8217;s take a look at this in Word 2010. KeyTips When you press [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="tweetmeme_button" style="float: right; margin-left: 10px;">
			<a href="http://api.tweetmeme.com/share?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2010%2F06%2F06%2Fkeyboard-navigation-in-the-microsoft-office-2010-ribbons%2F"><br />
				<img src="http://api.tweetmeme.com/imagebutton.gif?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2010%2F06%2F06%2Fkeyboard-navigation-in-the-microsoft-office-2010-ribbons%2F&amp;style=normal&amp;b=2" height="61" width="50" /><br />
			</a>
		</div>
<p>Ok, you&#8217;re a keyboard virtuoso. Maybe you find stopping to click on a ribbon and then clicking an option slows you down. In Office 2010, you can use your keyboard to select any ribbon tab, and then any command in that ribbon. Let&#8217;s take a look at this in Word 2010. <span id="more-388"></span></p>
<h2>KeyTips</h2>
<p>When you press and release the <strong>Alt</strong> key, <strong>KeyTips</strong> will show you which key you should press to activate that ribbon. Once you activate a ribbon, the KeyTips will apply to all the commands in the ribbon. Let&#8217;s use the keyboard to change the <em>Zoom</em> to <em>Page Width</em>.</p>
<ol>
<li>Press and release the <strong>Alt</strong> key<br />
<img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/06/060610_1935_KeyboardNav1.png" alt="" /></li>
<li>Press <strong>w</strong> to display the View tab and its KeyTips<br />
<img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/06/060610_1935_KeyboardNav2.png" alt="" /></li>
<li>Press <strong>i</strong> to change the zoom to Page Width</li>
</ol>
<p>A few things to note:</p>
<ul>
<li>Any commands you&#8217;ve added to the Quick Access Toolbar will also have KeyTips associated with them.</li>
<li>If you select an option that has a drop down associated with it, that drop down will display.</li>
<li>If you select an option that opens a task pane, you can change the focus back to your document by pressing <strong>Alt</strong> twice.</li>
<li>If you change your mind about using the KeyTips, press and release <strong>Alt</strong> again.</li>
</ul>
<p>This probably isn&#8217;t going to replace using the standard keyboard shortcuts. But, once you get used to them, KeyTips can be very handy. Now you don&#8217;t have to try to remember some of the more exotic keyboard shortcut combinations.</p>
<p><strong>To hear about the latest Office 2010 news, blogs, and training, subscribe to our newsletter. Click <a href="http://www.webucator.com/webunews/index.cfm">here</a> to subscribe.</strong></p>
<img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~4/j1FngvkyGGM" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/06/06/keyboard-navigation-in-the-microsoft-office-2010-ribbons/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>2</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/06/06/keyboard-navigation-in-the-microsoft-office-2010-ribbons/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>The Expression Builder in Access 2007</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~3/sPn4Sl5YbJE/</link>
		<comments>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/06/06/the-expression-builder-in-access-2007/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sun, 06 Jun 2010 18:05:29 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Nance</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Access]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://office.blogs.webucator.com/?p=385</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Sometimes in a query, you want to do a calculation. I find that the easiest way is to use the Expression Builder within Access. When you first open it, it may look confusing but it really isn&#8217;t. It is like the Christmas that you received the big box present. Once you opened the box, inside [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="tweetmeme_button" style="float: right; margin-left: 10px;">
			<a href="http://api.tweetmeme.com/share?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2010%2F06%2F06%2Fthe-expression-builder-in-access-2007%2F"><br />
				<img src="http://api.tweetmeme.com/imagebutton.gif?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2010%2F06%2F06%2Fthe-expression-builder-in-access-2007%2F&amp;style=normal&amp;b=2" height="61" width="50" /><br />
			</a>
		</div>
<p>Sometimes in a query, you want to do a calculation.  I find that the easiest way is to use the Expression Builder within Access.  When you first open it, it may look confusing but it really isn&#8217;t.  It is like the Christmas that you received the big box present.  Once you opened the box, inside you found a smaller box, and once you opened that box, you found another smaller box.  Well, the Expression Builder is organized that same way.  In the bottom half of the dialog box that comes up, you see three list areas.<span id="more-385"></span></p>
<p style="text-align: center"><a href="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/06/ExpressionBuilder.png"><img class="size-full wp-image-394 aligncenter" src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/06/ExpressionBuilder.png" alt="Expression Builder" width="436" height="337" /></a></p>
<p>In the left-most list area, you will see the list of the categories of objects.  If you expand a category, you will see the names of specific objects.  In the example above, you see the highlighted name of the specific query that I am using—qryWeeklyPay.  In the middle box, you see the names of the fields in that query.  In top half of this dialog box, this is the area where the expression will be placed.  In between these two areas, you find the symbols that you can use.</p>
<p>Let&#8217;s say we want to calculate each person&#8217;s weekly gross pay.  In the middle box, click once on the field of hours and then click the paste button.  Now click once on the asterisk button in the middle as that is the multiplier symbol and now click once on the PayRate field in the middle list box and click the paste button.  The screen should look like this:</p>
<p style="text-align: center"><img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/06/060610_1810_TheExpressi3.png" alt="" /></p>
<p>Now click the okay button.  You are now in your query once again.</p>
<p style="text-align: center"><img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/06/060610_1810_TheExpressi4.png" alt="" /></p>
<p>Run your query.  You have now calculated everyone&#8217;s weekly Gross pay.</p>
<p><strong>To hear about the latest Office 2010 news, blogs, and training, subscribe to our newsletter. Click <a href="http://www.webucator.com/webunews/index.cfm">here</a> to subscribe.</strong></p>
<img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~4/sPn4Sl5YbJE" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/06/06/the-expression-builder-in-access-2007/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/06/06/the-expression-builder-in-access-2007/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>Microsoft Word – lorem()</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~3/wjOrMHs7S-g/</link>
		<comments>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/06/02/microsoft-word-lorem/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 02 Jun 2010 18:37:47 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Nat Dunn</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Word]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://office.blogs.webucator.com/?p=373</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[We posted our video on =rand() to Microsoft Word&#8217;s Facebook wall and Alana (a Microsoft Word fan) commented that she like =lorem() too.  It is used just like =rand(): simply type =lorem(3,4) on a new line and press Enter and presto: three paragraphs of pseudo-Latin with four sentences each.  Here&#8217;s a 10-second video showing the [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="tweetmeme_button" style="float: right; margin-left: 10px;">
			<a href="http://api.tweetmeme.com/share?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2010%2F06%2F02%2Fmicrosoft-word-lorem%2F"><br />
				<img src="http://api.tweetmeme.com/imagebutton.gif?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2010%2F06%2F02%2Fmicrosoft-word-lorem%2F&amp;style=normal&amp;b=2" height="61" width="50" /><br />
			</a>
		</div>
<p>We posted our video on <strong>=rand()</strong> to <a href="http://www.facebook.com/MicrosoftWord?v=wall">Microsoft Word&#8217;s Facebook wall</a> and Alana (a Microsoft Word fan) commented that she like <strong>=lorem()</strong> too.  It is used just like <strong>=rand()</strong>: simply type <strong>=lorem(3,4)</strong> on a new line and press <strong>Enter</strong> and presto: three paragraphs of pseudo-Latin with four sentences each.  Here&#8217;s a 10-second video showing the magic:<span id="more-373"></span></p>

    <object classid="clsid:D27CDB6E-AE6D-11cf-96B8-444553540000" id="swfobj_1" width="640" height="480">
      <param name="movie" value="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/06/word-2010-lorem_controller.swf" />
      <param name="allowfullscreen" value="true" />
      <!--[if !IE]>-->
      <object type="application/x-shockwave-flash" data="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/06/word-2010-lorem_controller.swf" width="640" height="480" allowfullscreen="true">
      <!--<![endif]-->
        
      <!--[if !IE]>-->
      </object>
      <!--<![endif]-->
    </object>

<p><strong>To hear about the latest Office 2010 news, blogs, and training, subscribe to our newsletter. Click <a href="http://www.webucator.com/webunews/index.cfm">here</a> to subscribe.</strong></p>
<p><strong><br />
</strong></p>
<img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~4/wjOrMHs7S-g" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/06/02/microsoft-word-lorem/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/06/02/microsoft-word-lorem/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>Custom Icons and Titles in Microsoft Access 2007</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~3/nqtu0401F7g/</link>
		<comments>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/06/01/custom-icons-and-titles-in-microsoft-access-2007/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 02 Jun 2010 02:31:26 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Connie</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Access]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://office.blogs.webucator.com/?p=364</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Would you like to customize your Microsoft Access 2007 Database with a Title and a Custom Icon? Follow these easy steps below: Find the image you want to use and save it to the same drive on which your database is located. The image must have a .ico or .bmp file extension. Click the Microsoft [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="tweetmeme_button" style="float: right; margin-left: 10px;">
			<a href="http://api.tweetmeme.com/share?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2010%2F06%2F01%2Fcustom-icons-and-titles-in-microsoft-access-2007%2F"><br />
				<img src="http://api.tweetmeme.com/imagebutton.gif?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2010%2F06%2F01%2Fcustom-icons-and-titles-in-microsoft-access-2007%2F&amp;style=normal&amp;b=2" height="61" width="50" /><br />
			</a>
		</div>
<p>Would you like to customize your Microsoft Access 2007 Database with a Title and a Custom Icon? Follow these easy steps below:<span id="more-364"></span></p>
<ol>
<li>Find the image you want to use and save it to the same drive on which your database is located. The image must have a .ico or .bmp file extension.</li>
<li>Click the <strong>Microsoft Office</strong> button <img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/06/060210_0236_CustomIcons1.png" alt="" /> in the upper-left corner.</li>
<li>Click the <strong>Access Options</strong> button in the lower-right corner. <img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/06/060210_0236_CustomIcons2.png" alt="" /></li>
<li>Click <strong>Current Database</strong>.<img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/06/060210_0236_CustomIcons3.png" alt="" /></li>
<li>Type in the <strong>Application Title</strong> you wish to use</li>
<li>Type in the location of the icon in the <strong>Application Icon</strong> field, or click <strong>Browse</strong> to navigate to the image file.</li>
<li>Check the <strong>Use as Form and Report Icon</strong> checkbox if you want to display the <strong>Title</strong> and <strong>Icon</strong> on all forms and reports.</li>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>You can see by the screen shot below that the new title is &#8220;Green Grass Company&#8221; and the custom icon is the little green plant.</p>
<p>I found the plant icon at <a href="http://www.iconarchive.com">www.iconarchive.com</a>.</p>
<p><a href="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/06/green-grass-co.png"><img class="alignnone size-full wp-image-368" src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/06/green-grass-co.png" alt="Green Grass Company" width="624" height="129" /></a></p>
<p>***Please note that this will not change the name of the database itself.</p>
<p><strong>To hear about the latest Office 2010 news, blogs, and training, subscribe to our newsletter. Click <a href="http://www.webucator.com/webunews/index.cfm">here</a> to subscribe.</strong></p>
<img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~4/nqtu0401F7g" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/06/01/custom-icons-and-titles-in-microsoft-access-2007/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/06/01/custom-icons-and-titles-in-microsoft-access-2007/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>Adding Sample Text in Microsoft Word 2010</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~3/EIti6rfvAsM/</link>
		<comments>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/06/01/adding-sample-text-in-microsoft-word-2010/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 01 Jun 2010 12:39:15 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Steve Sopchak</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Word]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://office.blogs.webucator.com/?p=346</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Sometimes it&#8217;s handy to be able to quickly drop some text into a Microsoft Word document. Maybe you&#8217;re working on a layout, or want to see how different formatting affects text. Microsoft Word 2010 has a feature that lets you automatically insert sample text (very little typing required). Lets take a look. Place your insert [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="tweetmeme_button" style="float: right; margin-left: 10px;">
			<a href="http://api.tweetmeme.com/share?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2010%2F06%2F01%2Fadding-sample-text-in-microsoft-word-2010%2F"><br />
				<img src="http://api.tweetmeme.com/imagebutton.gif?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2010%2F06%2F01%2Fadding-sample-text-in-microsoft-word-2010%2F&amp;style=normal&amp;b=2" height="61" width="50" /><br />
			</a>
		</div>
<p>Sometimes it&#8217;s handy to be able to quickly drop some text into a Microsoft Word document. Maybe you&#8217;re working on a layout, or want to see how different formatting affects text. Microsoft Word 2010 has a feature that lets you automatically insert sample text (very little typing required). Lets take a look. <span id="more-346"></span></p>
<ol>
<li>Place your insert cursor on a blank line in Microsoft Word 2010.</li>
<li>Type the following:
<pre style="font-size: 14pt">         =rand(3,4)</pre>
</li>
<li>Press <strong>Enter</strong></li>
</ol>
<p><em>Presto</em> &#8211; almost instant text!</p>
<h2>What Happened?</h2>
<p>When you type <strong><em>=rand(<span style="color: #ff0000">p</span>,<span style="color: #ff0000">s</span>)</em></strong>, Word 2010 inserts <span style="color: red"><strong><em>p</em></strong></span> paragraphs with <span style="color: red"><strong><em>s</em></strong></span> sentences in each paragraph. For example; typing <strong><em>=rand(5,4)</em></strong> will give you 5 paragraphs with 4 sentences in each paragraph.</p>
<ul>
<li>The default for both <strong><span style="color: #ff0000"><em>p</em></span></strong> and <strong><span style="color: #ff0000"><em>s</em></span></strong> is 3, so if you type <strong><em>=rand()</em></strong>, you get 3 paragraphs with 3 sentences in each.</li>
<li>After 9 sentences the text starts to repeat.</li>
</ul>
<p>If you&#8217;d rather have some fake Latin text, use <strong><em>lorem</em></strong> instead of <strong><em>rand</em></strong>. Type <strong><em>=lorem(2,6)</em></strong> and press <strong>Enter</strong>, you get 2 paragraphs of pseudo-Latin with 6 sentences in each paragraph.</p>
<h2>What Do You Need To Remember?</h2>
<ul>
<li>The magic formula needs to be entered on its own line.</li>
<li>It should be the only text in the line.</li>
<li>You have to begin with an equals sign (<strong>=</strong>).</li>
<li>If you use 0 (zero) as either number, you&#8217;ll only get empty paragraphs</li>
</ul>
<p>This also works for inserting text into a text box.</p>
<h2>See it in action</h2>
<p>Click the play button below to see <strong>rand()</strong> in action:</p>

    <object classid="clsid:D27CDB6E-AE6D-11cf-96B8-444553540000" id="swfobj_2" width="640" height="480">
      <param name="movie" value="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/06/word-2010-rand_controller.swf" />
      <param name="allowfullscreen" value="true" />
      <!--[if !IE]>-->
      <object type="application/x-shockwave-flash" data="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/06/word-2010-rand_controller.swf" width="640" height="480" allowfullscreen="true">
      <!--<![endif]-->
        
      <!--[if !IE]>-->
      </object>
      <!--<![endif]-->
    </object>

<h2>Why is This Useful?</h2>
<p>In delivering <a href="http://www.webucator.com/classes/word-2010-training.cfm">Word 2010 training</a>, I use this a lot just to have some starting text. A significant portion of Word training involves manipulating text, and this is a very quick way of getting that text into a document. I can then focus on the task at hand:</p>
<ul>
<li>selecting text</li>
<li>changing paragraph alignment</li>
<li>setting indents</li>
<li>whatever</li>
</ul>
<p>It&#8217;s also a pretty neat trick. And, by the way, it works in Word 2007 as well.</p>
<p>I first saw this as a &#8220;Tip of the Week&#8221; in the <em>New York Times</em> Personal Tech page: <a href="http://www.nytimes.com/2008/09/04/technology/personaltech/04askk-003.html">Faking Text in Word</a>. You can get more detailed information at Microsoft Support <a href="http://www.support.microsoft.com/kb/212251" target="_">www.support.microsoft.com/kb/212251</a>.</p>
<p><strong>To hear about the latest Office 2010 news, blogs, and training, subscribe to our newsletter. Click <a href="http://www.webucator.com/webunews/index.cfm">here</a> to subscribe.</strong></p>
<img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~4/EIti6rfvAsM" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/06/01/adding-sample-text-in-microsoft-word-2010/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/06/01/adding-sample-text-in-microsoft-word-2010/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>Printing and Print Preview in Microsoft Word 2010</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~3/M4srmcWBj9g/</link>
		<comments>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/05/27/printing-and-print-preview-in-microsoft-word-2010/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Thu, 27 May 2010 21:08:26 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Steve Sopchak</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Word]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://office.blogs.webucator.com/?p=326</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[One of the things I really like in Microsoft Office 2010 is the redesigned Print tab in the Backstage view. In Word 2010, the new view combines the Print dialog, the most common Page Setup elements, and Print Preview. Let&#8217;s take a look at some of the options Word 2010 provides: Printing and Print Preview [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="tweetmeme_button" style="float: right; margin-left: 10px;">
			<a href="http://api.tweetmeme.com/share?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2010%2F05%2F27%2Fprinting-and-print-preview-in-microsoft-word-2010%2F"><br />
				<img src="http://api.tweetmeme.com/imagebutton.gif?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2010%2F05%2F27%2Fprinting-and-print-preview-in-microsoft-word-2010%2F&amp;style=normal&amp;b=2" height="61" width="50" /><br />
			</a>
		</div>
<p>One of the things I really like in Microsoft Office 2010 is the redesigned <strong>Print</strong> tab in the <strong>Backstage</strong> view. In Word 2010, the new view combines the <strong>Print</strong> dialog, the most common <strong>Page Setup</strong> elements, and <strong>Print Preview</strong>. Let&#8217;s take a look at some of the options Word 2010 provides: <span id="more-326"></span></p>
<p><strong>Printing and Print Preview in Microsoft Word 2010</strong></p>
<p>To go to Word 2010&#8242;s Print view:</p>
<ol>
<li>Click the <strong>File</strong> tab</li>
<li>Click the <strong>Print</strong> tab</li>
</ol>
<p>or</p>
<ol>
<li>Press <strong>Ctrl-P</strong></li>
</ol>
<h2>Word 2010 Print Options</h2>
<p><img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/05/052710_2113_TheMicrosof1.png" alt="" /> Fr</p>
<p>om here, you can do pretty much anything you want related to printing your Word document or managing the document properties. When I start up Word 2010, my Print tab defaults are as follows:</p>
<div>
<table style="border-collapse: collapse" border="0">
<col style="width: 209px"></col>
<col style="width: 382px"></col>
<tbody>
<tr style="background: black">
<td style="padding-left: 7px;padding-right: 7px;border-top: solid 2.25pt;border-left: none;border-bottom: solid 2.25pt;border-right: none"><span style="color: white;font-family: Times New Roman;font-size: 10pt"><strong>Defaults</strong></span></td>
<td style="padding-left: 7px;padding-right: 7px;border-top: solid 2.25pt;border-left: none;border-bottom: solid 2.25pt;border-right: none"><span style="color: white;font-family: Times New Roman;font-size: 10pt"><strong>What you can change with the drop down</strong></span></td>
</tr>
<tr style="background: #d8d8d8">
<td style="padding-left: 7px;padding-right: 7px"><span style="font-family: Times New Roman;font-size: 10pt">Printer</span></td>
<td style="padding-left: 7px;padding-right: 7px"><span style="font-family: Times New Roman;font-size: 10pt">What printer you want to use. You can also send to OneNote, or print to a file.</span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="padding-left: 7px;padding-right: 7px"><span style="font-family: Times New Roman;font-size: 10pt">Print All Pages</span></td>
<td style="padding-left: 7px;padding-right: 7px"><span style="font-family: Times New Roman;font-size: 10pt">What you print: all pages, the current page, a range of pages, or if text is selected, the selected text. Also various properties: including styles used, AutoText entries, and any custom key assignments you&#8217;ve made.</span></td>
</tr>
<tr style="background: #d8d8d8">
<td style="padding-left: 7px;padding-right: 7px"><span style="font-family: Times New Roman;font-size: 10pt">Print One Sided</span></td>
<td style="padding-left: 7px;padding-right: 7px"><span style="font-family: Times New Roman;font-size: 10pt">Whether you print single sided or duplex (two sided).</span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="padding-left: 7px;padding-right: 7px"><span style="font-family: Times New Roman;font-size: 10pt">Collated</span></td>
<td style="padding-left: 7px;padding-right: 7px"><span style="font-family: Times New Roman;font-size: 10pt">Whether or not the sheets are printed in order or not.</span></td>
</tr>
<tr style="background: #d8d8d8">
<td style="padding-left: 7px;padding-right: 7px"><span style="font-family: Times New Roman;font-size: 10pt">Portrait Orientation</span></td>
<td style="padding-left: 7px;padding-right: 7px"><span style="font-family: Times New Roman;font-size: 10pt">The orientation of the document.</span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="padding-left: 7px;padding-right: 7px"><span style="font-family: Times New Roman;font-size: 10pt">Letter</span></td>
<td style="padding-left: 7px;padding-right: 7px"><span style="font-family: Times New Roman;font-size: 10pt">The paper size.</span></td>
</tr>
<tr style="background: #d8d8d8">
<td style="padding-left: 7px;padding-right: 7px"><span style="font-family: Times New Roman;font-size: 10pt">Office 2003 Default Margins</span></td>
<td style="padding-left: 7px;padding-right: 7px"><span style="font-family: Times New Roman;font-size: 10pt">Preset margins, or custom margins.</span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="padding-left: 7px;padding-right: 7px;border-bottom: solid 2.25pt"><span style="font-family: Times New Roman;font-size: 10pt">1 Page Per Sheet</span></td>
<td style="padding-left: 7px;padding-right: 7px;border-bottom: solid 2.25pt"><span style="font-family: Times New Roman;font-size: 10pt">How many pages per sheet you print, up to 16.</span></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</div>
<h2>Print Preview</h2>
<p>The Print Preview area gives you page navigation buttons (you can also use the scroll bar to m</p>
<p>ove through pages), the zoom slider, and a <strong>Zoom to Page</strong> button to the right of the slider. This resizes the page to the preview area if you&#8217;ve been zooming around.  If you really miss the Word 2007 version of Print Preview, you can add it to your Quick Access Toolbar.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click the <strong>Customize Quick Access Toolbar</strong> button</li>
<li>Select <strong>More Commands…</strong> <img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/05/052710_2113_TheMicrosof2.png" alt="" /></li>
<li>In the <strong>Choose commands from:</strong> drop down, select <strong>File Tab </strong> <img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/05/052710_2113_TheMicrosof3.png" alt="" /></li>
<li>Scroll down and select <strong>Print Preview Edit Mode <a href="http://www.webucator.com/microsoft/office.cfm?utm_source=Blog&amp;utm_medium=Post&amp;utm_campaign=OFFICEblog"><img class="alignright size-full wp-image-1030" src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/05/ILOblog-ad21.jpg" alt="" width="200" height="200" /></a><br />
</strong></li>
<li>Click <strong>Add</strong></li>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong></li>
</ol>
<p><em>Printing in Word 2010 is covered in our new </em><a title="Introductory Word 2010 class" href="http://www.webucator.com/net/course/introduction-to-microsoft-word-2010-training.cfm"><em>Introduction to Microsoft Word 2010 class</em></a><em>.<strong> You can also hear about our latest Office blogs, classes, and webinars by signing up for our </strong><a title="Webucator Newsletter" href="http://www.webucator.com/webunews/index.cfm">newsletter</a><strong>.</strong></em></p>
<img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~4/M4srmcWBj9g" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/05/27/printing-and-print-preview-in-microsoft-word-2010/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>62</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/05/27/printing-and-print-preview-in-microsoft-word-2010/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>Microsoft Office 2010 Backstage View</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~3/bxK2cdas4YY/</link>
		<comments>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/05/21/microsoft-office-2010-backstage-view/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 21 May 2010 15:44:44 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Steve Sopchak</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Office]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Word]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://office.blogs.webucator.com/?p=313</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[For many Office 2007 users (including myself), it took awhile to get accustomed to the idea that the Office button is actually more than a decoration; it replaces the File menu of earlier versions. Office 2010, however, brings back the File tab, which now takes you to &#8220;the Backstage view.&#8221; Let&#8217;s take a look at [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="tweetmeme_button" style="float: right; margin-left: 10px;">
			<a href="http://api.tweetmeme.com/share?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2010%2F05%2F21%2Fmicrosoft-office-2010-backstage-view%2F"><br />
				<img src="http://api.tweetmeme.com/imagebutton.gif?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2010%2F05%2F21%2Fmicrosoft-office-2010-backstage-view%2F&amp;style=normal&amp;b=2" height="61" width="50" /><br />
			</a>
		</div>
<p>For many Office 2007 users (including myself), it took awhile to get accustomed to the idea that the Office button is actually more than a decoration; it replaces the <strong>File</strong> menu of earlier versions. Office 2010, however, brings back the <strong>File</strong> tab, which now takes you to &#8220;the <strong>Backstage</strong> view.&#8221; Let&#8217;s take a look at it in Word 2010.<span id="more-313"></span></p>
<p>According to Microsoft, The Backstage view<em> &#8220;… is everything that you do <strong>to</strong> a file that you don&#8217;t do <strong>in</strong> the file.&#8221;</em> In essence, the Backstage view hides your current document, and gives you access to file-related activities. The Backstage view for Word 2010 is below:</p>
<p><img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/05/052110_1548_GoingBackst1.png" alt="" /></p>
<p>Some of the tabs in the Backstage view function as they did in previous versions: <strong>Save</strong>, <strong>Save As</strong>, <strong>Open</strong> and <strong>Close</strong> should be pretty familiar.</p>
<p>Other tabs are new or redesigned.</p>
<div>
<table style="border-collapse: collapse" border="0">
<col style="width: 106px"></col>
<col style="width: 484px"></col>
<tbody>
<tr style="background: black">
<td style="padding-left: 7px;padding-right: 7px;border-top: solid 2.25pt;border-left: none;border-bottom: solid 2.25pt;border-right: none"><span style="color: white;font-family: Times New Roman;font-size: 10pt"><strong>Tab</strong></span></td>
<td style="padding-left: 7px;padding-right: 7px;border-top: solid 2.25pt;border-left: none;border-bottom: solid 2.25pt;border-right: none"><span style="color: white;font-family: Times New Roman;font-size: 10pt"><strong>What you&#8217;ll find there</strong></span></td>
</tr>
<tr style="background: #d8d8d8">
<td style="padding-left: 7px;padding-right: 7px"><span style="font-family: Times New Roman;font-size: 10pt">Info</span></td>
<td style="padding-left: 7px;padding-right: 7px"><span style="font-family: Times New Roman;font-size: 10pt">This is where you go to see document properties, set permissions, convert a document into the Word 2010 format, inspect the document, and manage versions.</span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="padding-left: 7px;padding-right: 7px"><span style="font-family: Times New Roman;font-size: 10pt">Recent</span></td>
<td style="padding-left: 7px;padding-right: 7px"><span style="font-family: Times New Roman;font-size: 10pt">Shows you recent documents (up to 50) and recent places. Want to keep a document on your recent documents list? Click the push pin icon next to that document to pin it to you list.</span></td>
</tr>
<tr style="background: #d8d8d8">
<td style="padding-left: 7px;padding-right: 7px"><span style="font-family: Times New Roman;font-size: 10pt">New</span></td>
<td style="padding-left: 7px;padding-right: 7px"><span style="font-family: Times New Roman;font-size: 10pt">Shows available templates, and gives you access to Office.com templates.</span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="padding-left: 7px;padding-right: 7px"><span style="font-family: Times New Roman;font-size: 10pt">Print</span></td>
<td style="padding-left: 7px;padding-right: 7px">
<p style="text-align: left"><span style="font-family: Times New Roman;font-size: 10pt">Combines the printer dialog with the print preview. Allows you to also print things like document properties or a list of styles used.</span></p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr style="background: #d8d8d8">
<td style="padding-left: 7px;padding-right: 7px"><span style="font-family: Times New Roman;font-size: 10pt">Save &amp; Send</span></td>
<td style="padding-left: 7px;padding-right: 7px"><span style="font-family: Times New Roman;font-size: 10pt">This is where you go to send as an email attachment, publish to a blog, or create a PDF (among other things).</span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="padding-left: 7px;padding-right: 7px"><span style="font-family: Times New Roman;font-size: 10pt">Help</span></td>
<td style="padding-left: 7px;padding-right: 7px"><span style="font-family: Times New Roman;font-size: 10pt">Gives you access to various support functions, including finding help and checking for updates.</span></td>
</tr>
<tr style="background: #d8d8d8">
<td style="padding-left: 7px;padding-right: 7px;border-bottom: solid 2.25pt"><span style="font-family: Times New Roman;font-size: 10pt">Options</span></td>
<td style="padding-left: 7px;padding-right: 7px;border-bottom: solid 2.25pt"><span style="font-family: Times New Roman;font-size: 10pt">Customize your copy of Word, including customizing the ribbons.</span></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</div>
<p>A nice little added feature is that if you decide to not do anything in the Backstage view, clicking the <strong>File</strong> tab again will take you back to your document view in whatever tab you were originally in.</p>
<p>While moving from Office 2003 to Office 2007 was a little confusing, I find the new features Microsoft has added Office 2010 to be very intuitive.</p>
<p>Want to learn more? Hear about our latest Office blogs, classes, and webinars by signing up for our <a title="Webucator Newsletter" href="http://www.webucator.com/webunews/index.cfm">newsletter</a>.</p>
<img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~4/bxK2cdas4YY" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/05/21/microsoft-office-2010-backstage-view/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>10</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/05/21/microsoft-office-2010-backstage-view/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>Custom icons to run Macros in Microsoft Word 2003</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~3/lCHC3ENj-Ag/</link>
		<comments>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/05/18/custom-icons-to-run-macros-in-microsoft-word-2007/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 19 May 2010 02:29:08 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Connie</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Word]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[VBA]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://office.blogs.webucator.com/?p=239</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Have you ever wanted to attach a Macro to a button on the toolbar in Microsoft Word? Maybe you have and have seen the images that are provided for  you. Microsoft provides you with about 20 icons. I personnaly like the little pig icon:. But, how do we get rid of that little piggy and insert [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="tweetmeme_button" style="float: right; margin-left: 10px;">
			<a href="http://api.tweetmeme.com/share?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2010%2F05%2F18%2Fcustom-icons-to-run-macros-in-microsoft-word-2007%2F"><br />
				<img src="http://api.tweetmeme.com/imagebutton.gif?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2010%2F05%2F18%2Fcustom-icons-to-run-macros-in-microsoft-word-2007%2F&amp;style=normal&amp;b=2" height="61" width="50" /><br />
			</a>
		</div>
<p>Have you ever wanted to attach a Macro to a button on the toolbar in Microsoft Word? Maybe you have and have seen the images that are provided for  you. Microsoft provides you with about 20 icons. I personnaly like the little pig icon:<a href="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/05/piggy.png"><img class="alignnone size-full wp-image-302" src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/05/piggy.png" alt="piggy icon" width="24" height="21" /></a>. But, how do we get rid of that little piggy and insert our own custom icon? Just follow these steps:<span id="more-239"></span></p>
<ol>
<li>Open Microsoft Word 2007 and create your macro.</li>
<li>Find or create your icon.  You can get some great icons for free at <a href="http://www.famfamfam.com/">FAMFAMFAM</a>.</li>
<li>Insert the image icon into the Word document. This is only temporary. You can delete the image from the page when you are done.</li>
<li>Right-click on the image and select <strong>Copy</strong>.</li>
<li>Go to <strong>Tools &gt; Customize</strong>, you are now in the <strong>Customize</strong> dialog box.</li>
<li>Click the <strong>Toolbars</strong> tab.</li>
<li>Click <strong>New.</strong></li>
<li>Edit the toolbar name to whatever you want from the <strong>Make Toolbar Available</strong> list, and choose the document on which you are currently working.</li>
<li>Click <strong>OK.</strong></li>
<li>Activate the <strong>Commands</strong> tab.</li>
<li>From the <strong>Categories</strong> list, select <strong>Macros.</strong></li>
<li>In the <strong>Save In</strong> list, make sure the current document is selected.</li>
<li>From the <strong>Commands</strong> list, choose the macro you want to attach to the button and drag it on top of the new little menu that has suddenly appearred on your screen</li>
<li>Right-click on the new button and choose <strong>Customize</strong>.</li>
<li>Right-click on the button again and choose <strong>Paste Button Image</strong>.</li>
<li>Close out of the <strong>Customize</strong> dialog box and delete the image from the document.</li>
<li>Save it, click  your cool custom icon, and watch your macro work!</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>To hear about the latest Office 2010 news, blogs, and training, subscribe to our newsletter. Click <a href="http://www.webucator.com/webunews/index.cfm">here</a> to subscribe.</strong></p>
<img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~4/lCHC3ENj-Ag" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/05/18/custom-icons-to-run-macros-in-microsoft-word-2007/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>2</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/05/18/custom-icons-to-run-macros-in-microsoft-word-2007/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>Using multiple signatures in Outlook 2007</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~3/kTL3-6ki9DQ/</link>
		<comments>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/05/18/using-multiple-signatures-in-outlook-2007/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 19 May 2010 01:21:26 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Nance</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Outlook]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://office.blogs.webucator.com/?p=258</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[In today&#8217;s busy world, much of our communication is done through email. In my last article, I talked about creating a signature in Outlook 2007 for your emails. But not all your email may be representing what you are currently working on. You may be active not only in work, but also may be on [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="tweetmeme_button" style="float: right; margin-left: 10px;">
			<a href="http://api.tweetmeme.com/share?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2010%2F05%2F18%2Fusing-multiple-signatures-in-outlook-2007%2F"><br />
				<img src="http://api.tweetmeme.com/imagebutton.gif?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2010%2F05%2F18%2Fusing-multiple-signatures-in-outlook-2007%2F&amp;style=normal&amp;b=2" height="61" width="50" /><br />
			</a>
		</div>
<p>In today&#8217;s busy world, much of our communication is done through email. In my last article, I talked about <a href="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/05/16/create-your-signature-using-outlook-2007/">creating a signature in Outlook 2007</a> for your emails. But not all your email may be representing what you are currently working on. You may be active not only in work, but also may be on several committees, and you likely also send personal emails. You may want your emails to be individualized and not just the run-of-the-mill closing and signature. That is not hard to do in Outlook 2007: just create a signature for each of your committees or activities. When you have finished your email, simply click on the drop down arrow under signature button on the ribbon and you will see all of your different signatures.<span id="more-258"></span></p>
<p style="text-align: center"><img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/05/051610_0125_Usingmultip14.png" alt="" /></p>
<p>You simply choose the one that is appropriate for this communication. Now your email will reflect the personal touch that you wish to achieve.</p>
<h2>To add a default signature for your emails</h2>
<p>Once your signatures have been created, you may find that you are using one signature more often than others. Why not make emails even easier by creating a default signature for the majority of the emails you send. It is absolutely easy to do. Click on <strong>Tools</strong> on the menu bar and then choose <strong>Options</strong> from the drop-down menu. Once the dialog box has opened, click on the <strong>Mail Format</strong> tab. In the <strong>Signatures </strong>section of the page, click on the <strong>Signatures</strong> command button.</p>
<p style="text-align: center"><img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/05/051610_0125_Usingmultip21.png" alt="" /></p>
<p style="text-align: center">
<p>Nowthe following dialog box will appear. You simply choose from your previously created signatures which one you wish to be your default.</p>
<p style="text-align: center"><img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/05/051610_0125_Usingmultip31.png" alt="" /></p>
<p>Your default will automatically be added when you are composing a new email. To change to another signature, simply click on the signature button on the ribbon and change to the one that you wish to use for this message.</p>
<p>Happy emailing!</p>
<p><strong>To hear about the latest Office 2010 news, blogs, and training, subscribe to our newsletter. Click <a href="http://www.webucator.com/webunews/index.cfm">here</a> to subscribe.</strong></p>
<img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~4/kTL3-6ki9DQ" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/05/18/using-multiple-signatures-in-outlook-2007/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>2</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/05/18/using-multiple-signatures-in-outlook-2007/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>Create Your Signature Using Outlook 2007</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~3/AxsthLf2__4/</link>
		<comments>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/05/16/create-your-signature-using-outlook-2007/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sun, 16 May 2010 20:39:20 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Nance</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Outlook]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://office.blogs.webucator.com/?p=227</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[You are writing an email and once again you have to type in your name, title, and email address. There has to be an easier way to do this then typing each time. Well, there is! It is just a few quick steps and you can use it over and over again. To begin, create [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="tweetmeme_button" style="float: right; margin-left: 10px;">
			<a href="http://api.tweetmeme.com/share?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2010%2F05%2F16%2Fcreate-your-signature-using-outlook-2007%2F"><br />
				<img src="http://api.tweetmeme.com/imagebutton.gif?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2010%2F05%2F16%2Fcreate-your-signature-using-outlook-2007%2F&amp;style=normal&amp;b=2" height="61" width="50" /><br />
			</a>
		</div>
<p>You are writing an email and once again you have to type in your name, title, and email address.  There has to be an easier way to do this then typing each time.  Well, there is!  It is just a few quick steps and you can use it over and over again.  To begin, create a new email and look at the Message Ribbon.  On the right side of the ribbon, you will see the <strong>Signature </strong>button in the <strong>Include </strong>section of the ribbon.<span id="more-227"></span></p>
<p><img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/05/050410_2042_CreateYourS11.png" alt="" align="left" /><img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/05/050410_2042_CreateYourS21.png" alt="" /></p>
<p>Now choose <strong>Signature</strong>.  Once this dialog box opens, you want to click the <strong>New </strong>button and then give it a name. Then simply begin typing your signature in the large text box at the bottom of this dialog box.</p>
<p><img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/05/050410_2042_CreateYourS31.png" alt="" /></p>
<p>Your new Outlook 2007 is now created.  To use the signature for your emails, simply click the signature button again and select it by the name you just gave it.</p>
<p><img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/05/050410_2042_CreateYourS41.png" alt="" /></p>
<p>Now it is there!  My next article will explain how to create multiple signatures for your various needs.</p>
<p><em>Creating signatures is covered in our <a href="http://www.webucator.com/net/course/advanced-microsoft-outlook-2007-training.cfm">Advanced Outlook 2007 course</a>.</em></p>
<p><em><strong>To hear about the latest Office 2010 news, blogs, and training, subscribe to our newsletter. Click <a href="http://www.webucator.com/webunews/index.cfm">here</a> to subscribe.</strong></em></p>
<img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~4/AxsthLf2__4" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/05/16/create-your-signature-using-outlook-2007/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>1</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/05/16/create-your-signature-using-outlook-2007/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>Word 2010 to WordPress</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~3/x1Q7_TcmpDk/</link>
		<comments>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/05/12/word-2010-to-wordpress/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 12 May 2010 12:26:00 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Nat Dunn</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Word]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://office.blogs.webucator.com/?p=246</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[I recently created a short video on how to publish from Word 2007 to WordPress. I&#8217;ve since upgraded to Word 2010. The Office 2010 upgrade was relatively smooth and thankfully Word 2010 kept all my blog accounts and other settings in place. Publishing from Word 2010 to WordPress is pretty much the same as it [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="tweetmeme_button" style="float: right; margin-left: 10px;">
			<a href="http://api.tweetmeme.com/share?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2010%2F05%2F12%2Fword-2010-to-wordpress%2F"><br />
				<img src="http://api.tweetmeme.com/imagebutton.gif?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2010%2F05%2F12%2Fword-2010-to-wordpress%2F&amp;style=normal&amp;b=2" height="61" width="50" /><br />
			</a>
		</div>
<p><span style="font-family: Times New Roman;font-size: 12pt">I recently created a short video on how to <a href="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/05/03/word-to-wordpress/">publish from Word 2007 to WordPress</a>. I&#8217;ve since upgraded to Word 2010. The <a href="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/05/11/two-tips-for-installing-office-2010/">Office 2010 upgrade was relatively smooth</a> and thankfully Word 2010 kept all my blog accounts and other settings in place.<br />
</span></p>
<p><span style="font-family: Times New Roman;font-size: 12pt">Publishing from Word 2010 to WordPress is pretty much the same as it was with Word 2007 with one important difference:<span id="more-246"></span><br />
</span></p>
<p><span style="font-family: Times New Roman;font-size: 12pt"><strong>The Publish option doesn&#8217;t show up by default in Word 2010 as it did in Word 2007.<br />
</strong></span></p>
<p>The video below shows how to add the Publish option to the Quick Access Toolbar.</p>

    <object classid="clsid:D27CDB6E-AE6D-11cf-96B8-444553540000" id="swfobj_3" width="640" height="480">
      <param name="movie" value="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/05/word2010-wordpress_controller.swf" />
      <param name="allowfullscreen" value="true" />
      <!--[if !IE]>-->
      <object type="application/x-shockwave-flash" data="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/05/word2010-wordpress_controller.swf" width="640" height="480" allowfullscreen="true">
      <!--<![endif]-->
        
      <!--[if !IE]>-->
      </object>
      <!--<![endif]-->
    </object>

<p>Happy blogging!</p>
<p><strong>To hear about the latest Office 2010 news, blogs, and training, subscribe to our newsletter. Click <a href="http://www.webucator.com/webunews/index.cfm">here</a> to subscribe.</strong></p>
<img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~4/x1Q7_TcmpDk" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/05/12/word-2010-to-wordpress/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>3</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/05/12/word-2010-to-wordpress/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>Two tips for installing Office 2010</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~3/5P8sVUMMusQ/</link>
		<comments>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/05/11/two-tips-for-installing-office-2010/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 11 May 2010 21:04:45 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Nat Dunn</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Office]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://office.blogs.webucator.com/?p=241</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[When I first installed Office 2010 on Windows 7, I got an error and it rolled back the whole installation. Install Office 2010 Successfully To install Office 2010 successfully, I had to do the following two things: Close all my background programs by clicking on the up arrow at the right of the task bar [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="tweetmeme_button" style="float: right; margin-left: 10px;">
			<a href="http://api.tweetmeme.com/share?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2010%2F05%2F11%2Ftwo-tips-for-installing-office-2010%2F"><br />
				<img src="http://api.tweetmeme.com/imagebutton.gif?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2010%2F05%2F11%2Ftwo-tips-for-installing-office-2010%2F&amp;style=normal&amp;b=2" height="61" width="50" /><br />
			</a>
		</div>
<p>When I first installed <a class="zem_slink" title="Microsoft Office 2010" rel="homepage" href="http://www.microsoft.com/office/2010">Office 2010</a> on Windows 7, I got an error and it rolled back the whole installation.</p>
<h3>Install Office 2010 Successfully</h3>
<p>To install Office 2010 successfully, I had to do the following two things:<span id="more-241"></span></p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Close all my background programs</strong> by clicking on the up arrow at the right of the task bar and right-clicking on the programs one by one and choose Exit.<br />
<a href="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/05/background-programs.png"><img class="alignnone size-full wp-image-242" title="background-programs" src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/05/background-programs.png" alt="Background Programs" width="304" height="219" /></a></li>
<li><strong>Run the installer as Administrator</strong>. To do this, I opened the DVD, right-clicked on the Setup.exe file and chose <strong>Run as Administrator&#8230;</strong></li>
</ol>
<p>That did the trick!</p>
<p>Good luck installing Office 2010! Now I&#8217;m looking forward to trying it out.</p>
<div class="zemanta-pixie" style="margin-top: 10px; height: 15px;"><a class="zemanta-pixie-a" title="Reblog this post [with Zemanta]" href="http://reblog.zemanta.com/zemified/c33e03cc-eb8d-46af-9062-f007ca1eb08f/"><img class="zemanta-pixie-img" style="border: none; float: right;" src="http://img.zemanta.com/reblog_e.png?x-id=c33e03cc-eb8d-46af-9062-f007ca1eb08f" alt="Reblog this post [with Zemanta]" /></a><span class="zem-script more-related pretty-attribution"><script src="http://static.zemanta.com/readside/loader.js" type="text/javascript"></script></span></div>
<img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~4/5P8sVUMMusQ" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/05/11/two-tips-for-installing-office-2010/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>1</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/05/11/two-tips-for-installing-office-2010/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>Outlook 2007 Navigation Pane Keyboard Shortcuts</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~3/BArZz5gRyCQ/</link>
		<comments>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/05/03/outlook-2007-navigation-pane-keyboard-shortcuts/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 04 May 2010 02:53:56 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Nance</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Outlook]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://office.blogs.webucator.com/?p=220</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Hate grabbing the mouse all the time? Are you more of a keyboard shortcut person? Did you know that in Outlook 2007 your Navigation Pane has keyboard shortcuts to move from one section to the other? As the illustration below shows, it is a quick switch to move from your Inbox to your Calendar. Simply [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="tweetmeme_button" style="float: right; margin-left: 10px;">
			<a href="http://api.tweetmeme.com/share?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2010%2F05%2F03%2Foutlook-2007-navigation-pane-keyboard-shortcuts%2F"><br />
				<img src="http://api.tweetmeme.com/imagebutton.gif?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2010%2F05%2F03%2Foutlook-2007-navigation-pane-keyboard-shortcuts%2F&amp;style=normal&amp;b=2" height="61" width="50" /><br />
			</a>
		</div>
<p>Hate grabbing the mouse all the time? Are you more of a keyboard shortcut person? Did you know that in Outlook 2007 your Navigation Pane has keyboard shortcuts to move from one section to the other?  As the illustration below shows, it is a quick switch to move from your Inbox to your Calendar. Simply press <strong>Ctrl + 2</strong>.</p>
<p>The other Navigation Pane keyboard shortcuts are shown below.<span id="more-220"></span></p>
<p><img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/05/050410_0257_Outlook20071.jpg" alt="" /></p>
<p>There you go. Now you will be flying around Outlook, jumping from your tasks to your mail to your calendar all directly from the keyboard. Have fun!</p>
<img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~4/BArZz5gRyCQ" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/05/03/outlook-2007-navigation-pane-keyboard-shortcuts/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/05/03/outlook-2007-navigation-pane-keyboard-shortcuts/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>Word to WordPress</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~3/0jgCyO2lgpk/</link>
		<comments>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/05/03/word-to-wordpress/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 03 May 2010 15:16:25 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Nat Dunn</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Word]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://office.blogs.webucator.com/?p=198</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Codex, the built-in editor to WordPress isn&#8217;t a bad editor as far as WYSIWYG HTML editors go, but for people not used to the quirks of such editors, it can be difficult to use. So, I was pleased to find out that you can publish to WordPress using Word 2007. Depending on the design elements [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="tweetmeme_button" style="float: right; margin-left: 10px;">
			<a href="http://api.tweetmeme.com/share?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2010%2F05%2F03%2Fword-to-wordpress%2F"><br />
				<img src="http://api.tweetmeme.com/imagebutton.gif?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2010%2F05%2F03%2Fword-to-wordpress%2F&amp;style=normal&amp;b=2" height="61" width="50" /><br />
			</a>
		</div>
<p><a href="http://codex.wordpress.org/Main_Page">Codex</a>, the built-in editor to WordPress isn&#8217;t a bad editor as far as <a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WYSIWYG">WYSIWYG</a> HTML editors go, but for people not used to the quirks of such editors, it can be difficult to use. So, I was pleased to find out that you can publish to WordPress using Word 2007. Depending on the design elements in your article, it may need some cleanup in Codex, but does a decent job getting you started. In the video below, I show how to use Word 2007 to publish a blog post to WordPress.</p>
<p><span id="more-198"></span><br />

    <object classid="clsid:D27CDB6E-AE6D-11cf-96B8-444553540000" id="swfobj_4" width="640" height="480">
      <param name="movie" value="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/05/publishing-to-wordpress-from-word-2007_controller.swf" />
      <param name="allowfullscreen" value="true" />
      <!--[if !IE]>-->
      <object type="application/x-shockwave-flash" data="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/05/publishing-to-wordpress-from-word-2007_controller.swf" width="640" height="480" allowfullscreen="true">
      <!--<![endif]-->
        
      <!--[if !IE]>-->
      </object>
      <!--<![endif]-->
    </object>
 </p>
<img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~4/0jgCyO2lgpk" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/05/03/word-to-wordpress/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>4</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/05/03/word-to-wordpress/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>Create a template from an existing workbook file in Excel 2007</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~3/mDrUUFv23-M/</link>
		<comments>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/04/30/create-a-template-from-an-existing-workbook-file-in-excel-2007/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 30 Apr 2010 16:57:26 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Nance</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Excel]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://office.blogs.webucator.com/?p=185</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[In my last article, I explained how to create grouped worksheets. Let&#8217;s take this one step further and now turn these grouped worksheets into a template to use over and over again. Before you type in any specific information, simply go up to the Office button, and choose Save As. When the dialog box comes [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="tweetmeme_button" style="float: right; margin-left: 10px;">
			<a href="http://api.tweetmeme.com/share?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2010%2F04%2F30%2Fcreate-a-template-from-an-existing-workbook-file-in-excel-2007%2F"><br />
				<img src="http://api.tweetmeme.com/imagebutton.gif?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2010%2F04%2F30%2Fcreate-a-template-from-an-existing-workbook-file-in-excel-2007%2F&amp;style=normal&amp;b=2" height="61" width="50" /><br />
			</a>
		</div>
<p>In my last article, I explained <a href="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/04/19/working-with-excel-worksheet-groups/">how to create grouped worksheets</a>.  Let&#8217;s take this one step further and now turn these grouped worksheets into a template to use over and over again. Before you type in any specific information, simply go up to the <strong>Office button</strong>, and choose <strong>Save As</strong>.  When the dialog box comes up, be sure to change the type of file to be a <strong>Excel Template:<span id="more-185"></span><br />
</strong></p>
<p><img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/04/043010_1700_Creatingate1.png" alt="Excel Template" /></p>
<p>Now here is the most important step: <strong>Close</strong> <strong>immediately</strong> after you have saved it as a template so that nothing you type now will become part of that Excel template.</p>
<p>To use the Excel template:</p>
<ol>
<li>Click the<strong>Office</strong> button.</li>
<li>Choose <strong>New</strong>.</li>
<li>Select <strong>My templates&#8230;</strong><br />
<img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/04/043010_1700_Creatingate2.png" alt="My templates..." /></li>
<li>Double-click on your new template:<br />
<img src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/04/043010_1700_Creatingate3.png" alt="new template" /></li>
</ol>
<p>Voila! You are now all set for the months ahead!</p>
<p><strong>To hear about the latest Office 2010 news, blogs, and training, subscribe to our newsletter. Click <a href="http://www.webucator.com/webunews/index.cfm">here</a> to subscribe.</strong></p>
<img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~4/mDrUUFv23-M" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/04/30/create-a-template-from-an-existing-workbook-file-in-excel-2007/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/04/30/create-a-template-from-an-existing-workbook-file-in-excel-2007/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>Convert a Word Outline into a PowerPoint Presentation</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~3/cI_lHYZSG2M/</link>
		<comments>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/04/29/convert-a-word-outline-into-a-powerpoint-presentation/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Thu, 29 Apr 2010 16:34:10 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Steve Sopchak</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Microsoft PowerPoint]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Word]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://office.blogs.webucator.com/?p=161</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[So you’ve created a nice outline in Microsoft Word (see my post: Outlining in Microsoft Word 2007). Wouldn’t it be nice to be able to create a PowerPoint presentation from your masterpiece? Well, if you&#8217;re using Word 2007 and PowerPoint 2007, it&#8217;s easy to do! Let’s look at two ways of doing it: Sending a [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="tweetmeme_button" style="float: right; margin-left: 10px;">
			<a href="http://api.tweetmeme.com/share?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2010%2F04%2F29%2Fconvert-a-word-outline-into-a-powerpoint-presentation%2F"><br />
				<img src="http://api.tweetmeme.com/imagebutton.gif?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2010%2F04%2F29%2Fconvert-a-word-outline-into-a-powerpoint-presentation%2F&amp;style=normal&amp;b=2" height="61" width="50" /><br />
			</a>
		</div>
<p>So you’ve created a nice outline in Microsoft Word (see my post: <a href="../../../../../2010/04/23/outlining-in-microsoft-word-2007/">Outlining in Microsoft Word 2007</a>). Wouldn’t it be nice to be able to create a PowerPoint presentation from your masterpiece? Well, if you&#8217;re using Word 2007 and PowerPoint 2007, it&#8217;s easy to do! Let’s look at two ways of doing it:<span id="more-161"></span></p>
<h2>Sending a Word Outline to PowerPoint</h2>
<p>To send a Microsoft Word outline to PowerPoint, you’ll need to add the <strong>Send to Microsoft Office PowerPoint</strong> button to your Quick Access Toolbar.</p>
<h3>Add the Send to Microsoft Office PowerPoint Button</h3>
<ol>
<li>Click the <strong>Customize Quick Access Toolbar</strong> button and select <strong>More Commands…</strong></li>
<p><a href="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/04/morecommands.png"><img class="alignnone size-medium wp-image-165" src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/04/morecommands-177x300.png" alt="" width="177" height="300" /></a></p>
<li>In the <strong>Choose commands from:</strong> drop down, select <strong>Commands Not in the Ribbon.<br />
<a href="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/04/NotInRibbon.png"><img class="alignnone size-full wp-image-166" src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/04/NotInRibbon.png" alt="" width="269" height="131" /></a></strong></li>
<li>Scroll down and double-click the <strong>Send to Microsoft Office PowerPoint</strong> command.<br />
<a href="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/04/Send2PPT.png"><img class="alignnone size-full wp-image-167" src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/04/Send2PPT.png" alt="" width="243" height="59" /></a></li>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong> to close the Word Options window.</li>
</ol>
<h3>Send the Outline to PowerPoint</h3>
<ol>
<li>Use Heading styles to create the outline.<br />
or<br />
Open the outlined document.</li>
<li>Click the <strong>Send to Microsoft Office PowerPoint</strong> button.</li>
</ol>
<p>PowerPoint will open with a new presentation based on your headings. Level 1 headings become individual slides, Level 2 headings become bullets in the slide, Level 3 headings become sub-bullets, etc. If you want to include some body text in the slides, apply a Heading style to that text.</p>
<h2>Import a Word Outline into a PowerPoint Presentation</h2>
<p>To import an outline into PowerPoint, you need to make sure your Word document is <em>not</em> open.</p>
<ol>
<li>Start PowerPoint.</li>
<li>On the <strong>Home</strong> Tab, click the <strong>New Slide</strong> drop down and select <strong>Slides from Outline…<br />
<a href="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/04/NewSlide.png"><img class="alignnone size-medium wp-image-168" src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/04/NewSlide-226x300.png" alt="" width="226" height="300" /></a></strong></li>
<li>Navigate to the outline you want to use and click <strong>Insert</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The slide below was created using the outline for this article.</p>
<p><a href="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/04/sampleSlide3.png"><img class="alignnone size-medium wp-image-179" src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/04/sampleSlide3-300x229.png" alt="" width="300" height="229" /></a></p>
<p><em>Using Word with other programs is covered in   Webucator’s <a href="http://www.webucator.com/net/course/advanced-microsoft-word-2007-training.cfm" target="_blank">Advanced Microsoft Word 2007 Class</a>.</em></p>
<p><em><strong>To hear about the latest Office 2010 news, blogs, and training, subscribe to our newsletter. Click <a href="http://www.webucator.com/webunews/index.cfm">here</a> to subscribe.</strong></em></p>
<img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~4/cI_lHYZSG2M" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/04/29/convert-a-word-outline-into-a-powerpoint-presentation/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/04/29/convert-a-word-outline-into-a-powerpoint-presentation/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>VBA Variables Rules and Conventions</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~3/mXLiYavhb9o/</link>
		<comments>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/04/27/vba-variables-rules-and-conventions/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 27 Apr 2010 20:24:50 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Connie</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[VBA]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://office.blogs.webucator.com/?p=155</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[What is a variable? Think of it this way, a variable is like a little box in your computer&#8217;s memory. The little box, the variable, will have a name. You store things in variables, like Dates, Strings, or Objects. At some point, you will retrieve the contents of the variable and do something with it. For example, [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="tweetmeme_button" style="float: right; margin-left: 10px;">
			<a href="http://api.tweetmeme.com/share?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2010%2F04%2F27%2Fvba-variables-rules-and-conventions%2F"><br />
				<img src="http://api.tweetmeme.com/imagebutton.gif?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2010%2F04%2F27%2Fvba-variables-rules-and-conventions%2F&amp;style=normal&amp;b=2" height="61" width="50" /><br />
			</a>
		</div>
<h3>What is a variable?</h3>
<p>Think of it this way, a variable is like a little box in your computer&#8217;s memory. The little box, the variable, will have a name. You store things in variables, like Dates, Strings, or Objects. At some point, you will retrieve the contents of the variable and do something with it. For example, you might display the Date that is being stored. You retrieve the contents of the variable by calling it by its name. You can name your variables pretty much whatever you want, but there are some rules and conventions to variable naming in VBA.<span id="more-155"></span></p>
<h3>VBA Variable Rules</h3>
<p>These are musts. All variables <strong>must </strong>follow these rules:</p>
<ol>
<li>The name <strong>must</strong> begin with a letter.</li>
<li>The name <strong>must </strong>contain only letters, numbers, and underscores (no other symbols).</li>
<li>The name <strong>cannot</strong> be more than 255 characters long.</li>
<li>The name <strong>cannot </strong>be a reserved word like <em>Print </em>or <em>Save</em>.</li>
</ol>
<h3>VBA Variable Conventions</h3>
<p>These are conventions. All variables <strong>should </strong>follow these conventions.</p>
<ol>
<li>Always use a three-letter prefix that describes the type of data the variable will hold.</li>
<li>Capitalize the first letter of every actual word (but not the prefix) in the variable. This is called <strong>lower camel case</strong>. For example:
<ul>
<li><strong>strFirstName</strong></li>
<li><strong>dtmBirthDate</strong></li>
<li><strong>rptMonthlyReport</strong></li>
</ul>
</li>
</ol>
<p>So, how do you know if a word is reserved? Well, by putting the three-letter prefix in front of the variable, you ensure that it will not be a reserved word. For example, <em>Print </em>is a reserved word, but <em>strPrint </em>is not.</p>
<p>Do you have to declare your variables? No. Should you declare your variables? YES! Read more about declaring variables and <a href="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/04/12/option-explicit-in-vba/">using Option Explicit in VBA</a>.</p>
<p><strong>To hear about the latest Office 2010 news, blogs, and training, subscribe to our newsletter. Click <a href="http://www.webucator.com/webunews/index.cfm">here</a> to subscribe.</strong></p>
<img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~4/mXLiYavhb9o" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/04/27/vba-variables-rules-and-conventions/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/04/27/vba-variables-rules-and-conventions/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>Outlining in Microsoft Word 2007</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~3/_c2TTt5BDqw/</link>
		<comments>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/04/23/outlining-in-microsoft-word-2007/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 23 Apr 2010 16:12:19 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Steve Sopchak</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Word]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://office.blogs.webucator.com/?p=131</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Maybe you’re the kind of person who always outlines everything before you start writing. Or maybe you’re like me, and just start writing and see the outline develop as you go. The Microsoft Word 2007 Outline view has some real advantages, especially when you’re creating long documents. Let’s take a look at it.]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="tweetmeme_button" style="float: right; margin-left: 10px;">
			<a href="http://api.tweetmeme.com/share?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2010%2F04%2F23%2Foutlining-in-microsoft-word-2007%2F"><br />
				<img src="http://api.tweetmeme.com/imagebutton.gif?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2010%2F04%2F23%2Foutlining-in-microsoft-word-2007%2F&amp;style=normal&amp;b=2" height="61" width="50" /><br />
			</a>
		</div>
<p>Maybe you’re the kind of person who always outlines everything before you start writing. Or maybe you’re like me, and just start writing and sees the outline develop as you go. The Microsoft Word 2007 <strong>Outline </strong>view has some real advantages, especially when you’re creating long documents. Let’s take a look at it.<span id="more-131"></span></p>
<h2>Use Heading Styles to create an Outline</h2>
<p>Creating an outline in Word 2007 is as simple as applying heading styles to the titles and subtitles in your Word document.</p>
<h3>Outline a New Document</h3>
<ol>
<li>Switch to the <strong>Outline</strong> view.
<ul>
<li>On the <strong>View</strong> tab, click the <strong>Outline</strong> view.</li>
<li>On the <strong>Status Bar</strong>, click the <strong>Outline</strong> view.</li>
<li>Either way, you’ll see the Outlining tab.</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li>Start entering your headings.</li>
<li>Apply levels to your headings using the <strong>Promote/Demote</strong> tools in the <strong>Outline Tools</strong> group.<br />
<img class="alignnone size-full wp-image-133" src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/04/promote-demote.png" alt="" width="202" height="40" /></li>
</ol>
<h3>Outline an Existing Document</h3>
<ol>
<li>Select your heading.</li>
<li>In the <strong>Style</strong> group on the <strong>Home</strong> ribbon, click on the <strong>Heading Level</strong> you want.<br />
Neat thing Word does: once you use a Heading level, Word automatically creates the next level heading style (up to 9 levels).</li>
<li>Switch to the <strong>Outline</strong> view and use the <strong>Show Level</strong> drop down on the <strong>Outlining</strong> tab to show or hide different levels and body text.<br />
<a href="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/04/ShowLevel.png"><img class="alignnone size-full wp-image-140" src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/04/ShowLevel.png" alt="" width="187" height="97" /></a></li>
</ol>
<h2>Why Bother?</h2>
<p>You can use the outline view to move headings, and all of its subheadings and body text to a new position in the document.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click the <strong>Plus</strong> circle next to the heading to select everything under that heading.<br />
<a href="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/04/Plus-button1.png"><img class="alignnone size-medium wp-image-139" src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/04/Plus-button1-300x52.png" alt="" width="300" height="52" /></a></li>
<li>Use the <strong>Up/Down</strong> arrows in the <strong>Outline Tools</strong> section to move the whole chunk up or down in the document.<br />
<a href="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/04/Up-Down.png"><img class="alignnone size-full wp-image-135" src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/04/Up-Down.png" alt="" width="99" height="27" /></a><br />
or<br />
Drag the Heading to its new position.</li>
</ol>
<h3>Extra Special Bonus Feature 1</h3>
<p>Applying Heading styles automatically creates a <strong>Document Map</strong>, a great navigation tool for long documents!</p>
<h3>Extra Special Bonus Feature 2</h3>
<p>You can export an outline to <strong>PowerPoint</strong>, were Level 1 headings become individual slides, Level 2 headings become bullets in the slide, Level 3 headings become sub-bullets, etc. (body text isn’t exported, but we can’t have everything).</p>
<p><em>Managing long documents is covered in   Webucator’s <a href="http://www.webucator.com/net/course/advanced-microsoft-word-2007-training.cfm" target="_blank">Advanced Microsoft Word 2007 Class</a>.</em></p>
<p><em><strong>To hear about the latest Office 2010 news, blogs, and training, subscribe to our newsletter. Click <a href="http://www.webucator.com/webunews/index.cfm">here</a> to subscribe.</strong></em></p>
<img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~4/_c2TTt5BDqw" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/04/23/outlining-in-microsoft-word-2007/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/04/23/outlining-in-microsoft-word-2007/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>Working with Excel Worksheet Groups</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~3/l4aasI_Zk_o/</link>
		<comments>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/04/19/working-with-excel-worksheet-groups/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 19 Apr 2010 21:56:04 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Nance</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Excel]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://office.blogs.webucator.com/?p=114</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Do you create multiple worksheets that use the same labels?  Do you copy and paste the same labels over and over again?  Want a quick way to set up as many worksheets as you need in one step?  Let me show you a quick and easy way to do just that.  We will just say [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="tweetmeme_button" style="float: right; margin-left: 10px;">
			<a href="http://api.tweetmeme.com/share?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2010%2F04%2F19%2Fworking-with-excel-worksheet-groups%2F"><br />
				<img src="http://api.tweetmeme.com/imagebutton.gif?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2010%2F04%2F19%2Fworking-with-excel-worksheet-groups%2F&amp;style=normal&amp;b=2" height="61" width="50" /><br />
			</a>
		</div>
<p>Do you create multiple worksheets that use the same labels?  Do you copy and paste the same labels over and over again?  Want a quick way to set up as many worksheets as you need in one step?  Let me show you a quick and easy way to do just that.  We will just say that you are in charge of budgets for many departments within your company.  You need to keep track of the same information for each department.  So at the beginning of each month, you create a separate worksheet for the each of the departments and type the same category labels over and over.  Wouldn’t it be nice to do it only once?  Not a problem.  Once you open the file simply click on the first sheet tab, hold down the shift key and click on the last sheet tab.  All of the sheet tabs will turn white.<span id="more-114"></span></p>
<p><a href="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/04/GroupWkst-Excel-pic11.jpg"><img class="aligncenter size-medium wp-image-117" src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/04/GroupWkst-Excel-pic11-300x186.jpg" alt="" width="300" height="186" /></a></p>
<p>Now whatever you type in the first sheet will appear in the same spot for all of the sheets.  Labels or formulas &#8211; it really doesn’t matter.  They will appear in all of the sheets.</p>
<div id="attachment_118" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 160px"><img class="size-thumbnail wp-image-118" src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/04/GroupWkst-Excel-pic2-150x150.jpg" alt="" width="150" height="150" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Text and Formulas</p></div>
<p>Now to get out of the grouped mode, simply click on one sheet tab and the rest will turn blue and be ready for inputting your information on each worksheet.</p>
<p style="text-align: center"><a href="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/04/GroupWkst-Excel-pic31.jpg"><img class="size-medium wp-image-122 aligncenter" src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/04/GroupWkst-Excel-pic31-300x74.jpg" alt="" width="300" height="74" /></a></p>
<p style="text-align: center">
<p>All that is left is to just add the individual information.  <a href="http://bit.ly/9XMU1T">http://bit.ly/9XMU1T</a></p>
<p><strong>To hear about the latest Office 2010 news, blogs, and training, subscribe to our newsletter. Click <a href="http://www.webucator.com/webunews/index.cfm">here</a> to subscribe.</strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left">
<img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~4/l4aasI_Zk_o" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/04/19/working-with-excel-worksheet-groups/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>1</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/04/19/working-with-excel-worksheet-groups/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>Excel: Custom Date Formats</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~3/M9cyEh5Mwk0/</link>
		<comments>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/04/15/excel-custom-date-formats/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Thu, 15 Apr 2010 19:47:57 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Dave Dunn</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Excel]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://office.blogs.webucator.com/?p=77</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[The Excel Date Format MM/DD/YYYY won't show up unless it is selected in the Windows Control Panel. Fortunately, this is an easy fix.]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="tweetmeme_button" style="float: right; margin-left: 10px;">
			<a href="http://api.tweetmeme.com/share?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2010%2F04%2F15%2Fexcel-custom-date-formats%2F"><br />
				<img src="http://api.tweetmeme.com/imagebutton.gif?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2010%2F04%2F15%2Fexcel-custom-date-formats%2F&amp;style=normal&amp;b=2" height="61" width="50" /><br />
			</a>
		</div>
<p>Formatting dates in Microsoft Excel is easy, right?  All you have to do is:<span id="more-77"></span></p>
<ol>
<li>Right-click in the cell you are formatting</li>
<li>Select <strong>Format Cells</strong></li>
<li>Select <strong>Date </strong>under <strong>Category</strong></li>
<li>Choose your format.</li>
</ol>
<p>But what do you do if you want your own custom date format to show up in the options?  The Excel Date Format MM/DD/YYYY won&#8217;t show up unless it is selected in the Windows Control Panel. Fortunately, this is an easy fix (instructions apply to Windows 7, but ought to be similar for Vista and XP):</p>
<ol>
<li>Open the <strong>Windows Control Panel</strong></li>
<li>Select <strong>Clock, Language, and Region</strong></li>
<li>Under <strong>Region and Language</strong>, select <strong>Change the date, time, or number format</strong></li>
<li>Set the <strong>Short Date</strong> to <strong>MM/DD/YYYY</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<ul></ul>
<p>Now go back to Excel, and there, right along with the other date formatting options, is your very own custom date format!</p>
<p><a href="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/04/Format-Cells-MM-DD-YYYY.png"><img class="alignnone size-medium wp-image-78" title="Format Cells - MM-DD-YYYY" src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/04/Format-Cells-MM-DD-YYYY-300x261.png" alt="Format Cells - MM-DD-YYYY" width="300" height="261" /></a></p>
<p><em>Other types of formatting are covered in our </em><a href="http://www.webucator.com/net/excel.cfm"><em>Excel 2007 and 2003 classes</em></a><em>.</em></p>
<img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~4/M9cyEh5Mwk0" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/04/15/excel-custom-date-formats/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/04/15/excel-custom-date-formats/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>Accept and Reject Changes in Microsoft Word 2007</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~3/7FWjKWsxUZk/</link>
		<comments>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/04/15/accept-reject-changes-in-microsoft-word-2007/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Thu, 15 Apr 2010 19:45:41 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Steve Sopchak</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Word]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://office.blogs.webucator.com/?p=81</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[You’ve turned on Track Changes in Word 2007, and now you document is getting a bit hard to follow. You really should plan on going through the document and either accepting or rejecting the changes. You can also change how you’re viewing your document. Let’s take a look at how to do this.]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="tweetmeme_button" style="float: right; margin-left: 10px;">
			<a href="http://api.tweetmeme.com/share?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2010%2F04%2F15%2Faccept-reject-changes-in-microsoft-word-2007%2F"><br />
				<img src="http://api.tweetmeme.com/imagebutton.gif?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2010%2F04%2F15%2Faccept-reject-changes-in-microsoft-word-2007%2F&amp;style=normal&amp;b=2" height="61" width="50" /><br />
			</a>
		</div>
<p>You’ve turned on <strong>Track Changes </strong>in Word 2007, but all the markup makes your Word document a bit hard to, well, <em>track</em>. You need to go through the document and either accept or reject the changes. You can also change how you’re viewing your document. Let’s take a look at how to do this.<span id="more-81"></span></p>
<h2>Change How You View Tracking</h2>
<ol>
<li>On the <strong>Review </strong>tab, in the <strong>Tracking </strong>section, drop down the <strong>Display for Review</strong> menu<br />
<a href="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/04/reviewmenu2.gif"><img class="alignnone size-full wp-image-90" src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/04/reviewmenu2.gif" alt="" width="205" height="117" /></a></li>
<li>Select your view
<ul>
<li><em>Final </em>shows the document with all the <span style="text-decoration: underline">proposed</span> changes included.</li>
<li><em>Original </em>shows the document before any changes were made.</li>
<li>The markup shows what changes have been <span style="text-decoration: underline">proposed</span>.</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li>If you want to, open up the <strong>Reviewing Pane</strong><br />
<a href="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/04/reviewPane1.gif"><img class="alignnone size-full wp-image-91" src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/04/reviewPane1.gif" alt="" width="225" height="117" /></a><br />
This pane shows revisions in a separate window.</li>
</ol>
<h2>Accept or Reject Changes</h2>
<p>Move your cursor to the beginning of the document (it’s usually a good idea to start at the beginning, but Word will wrap around if you start somewhere else).</p>
<ol>
<li>On the <strong>Review </strong>tab, in the <strong>Changes </strong>section, click the <strong>Next </strong>button to move to the next change.</li>
<li>Click the <strong>Accept </strong>or <strong>Reject </strong>button to accept the change or reject the change and move to the next change.</li>
<li>Keep going until you’ve responded to all the changes.</li>
</ol>
<p>You can accept all the changes by clicking the <strong>Accept </strong>drop down and selecting <strong>Accept All Changes in Document</strong> (guess how you’d reject all the changes).<br />
<a href="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/04/acceptall1.gif"><img class="alignnone size-full wp-image-92" src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/04/acceptall1.gif" alt="" width="242" height="175" /></a></p>
<h2>Why Bother?</h2>
<p>Until you actually respond to all the proposed changes, they remain in the file as mark-up. If you send this off as a final version, whoever gets it can still see your edits. Most of the time, this is <em>not cool</em>.</p>
<p><em>Tracking changes and collaborating on documents is covered in  Webucator’s <a href="http://www.webucator.com/net/course/advanced-microsoft-word-2007-training.cfm" target="_blank">Advanced Microsoft Word 2007 Class</a>.</em></p>
<p><em><strong>To hear about the latest Office 2010 news, blogs, and training, subscribe to our newsletter. Click <a href="http://www.webucator.com/webunews/index.cfm">here</a> to subscribe.</strong></em></p>
<img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~4/7FWjKWsxUZk" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/04/15/accept-reject-changes-in-microsoft-word-2007/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/04/15/accept-reject-changes-in-microsoft-word-2007/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>Option Explicit in VBA</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~3/ICqTp_8Atus/</link>
		<comments>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/04/12/option-explicit-in-vba/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 13 Apr 2010 03:14:52 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Connie</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Outlook]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[VBA]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://office.blogs.webucator.com/?p=74</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[You have probably opened the VB Editor in Access, Word, or PowerPoint, and seen Option Explicit at the top of the code window. But what does it mean? Option Explicit means that you must declare all variables before using it anywhere in your code. Some variables are declared directly underneath Option Explicit, while others are [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="tweetmeme_button" style="float: right; margin-left: 10px;">
			<a href="http://api.tweetmeme.com/share?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2010%2F04%2F12%2Foption-explicit-in-vba%2F"><br />
				<img src="http://api.tweetmeme.com/imagebutton.gif?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2010%2F04%2F12%2Foption-explicit-in-vba%2F&amp;style=normal&amp;b=2" height="61" width="50" /><br />
			</a>
		</div>
<p>You have probably opened the VB Editor in Access, Word, or PowerPoint, and seen <strong>Option Explicit</strong> at the top of the code window. But what does it mean?<span id="more-74"></span></p>
<p><strong>Option Explicit</strong> means that you must declare all variables before using it anywhere in your code. Some variables are declared directly underneath <strong>Option Explicit</strong>, while others are declared within a procedure. Regardless, you should declare them! And using <strong>Option Explicit</strong> will make sure that you do. By using it, it will help trap undeclared or misspelled variables. That way, you can immediately correct the error before you proceed to the next line of code.</p>
<p>Here are the steps to ensure explicit declaration in Microsoft Office 2007:</p>
<ol>
<li>In the VB Editor, choose <strong>Tools</strong> -&gt; <strong>Options</strong>, and make sure you are on the <strong>Editor </strong>tab.</li>
<li>Under <strong>Code Settings</strong>, check <strong>Require Variable Declaration</strong>.</li>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p>Easy enough, right? The only downside is that this new setting will only trap undeclared variables in new projects, not old ones.</p>
<p><strong>To hear about the latest Office 2010 news, blogs, and training, subscribe to our newsletter. Click <a href="http://www.webucator.com/webunews/index.cfm">here</a> to subscribe.</strong></p>
<img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~4/ICqTp_8Atus" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/04/12/option-explicit-in-vba/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>1</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/04/12/option-explicit-in-vba/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>Tracking Changes in Microsoft Word 2007</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~3/oaKglDhiKq8/</link>
		<comments>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/04/10/tracking-changes-in-microsoft-word-2007/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sat, 10 Apr 2010 13:51:19 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Steve Sopchak</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Word]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://office.blogs.webucator.com/?p=45</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Ever wonder what was going on once you start revising those Word documents? Track Changes is a great way of highlighting whatever you’re doing with your document: adding, deleting, moving text, changing formatting.]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="tweetmeme_button" style="float: right; margin-left: 10px;">
			<a href="http://api.tweetmeme.com/share?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2010%2F04%2F10%2Ftracking-changes-in-microsoft-word-2007%2F"><br />
				<img src="http://api.tweetmeme.com/imagebutton.gif?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2010%2F04%2F10%2Ftracking-changes-in-microsoft-word-2007%2F&amp;style=normal&amp;b=2" height="61" width="50" /><br />
			</a>
		</div>
<p>Ever wonder what was going on once you start revising those Microsoft Word documents? <strong>Track Changes</strong> is a great way of highlighting whatever you’re doing with your document: adding, deleting, moving text, changing formatting.  Here&#8217;s how to get started:<span id="more-45"></span></p>
<h3>Update the User Information</h3>
<ol>
<li>In the <strong>Review Tab</strong>, click the <strong>Track Changes</strong> drop down and select <strong>“Change User Name&#8230;”</strong>. This is just to ensure your information (name and initials) is in there.<br />
<a href="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/04/TrackChanges.gif"><img class="alignnone size-full wp-image-46" title="TrackChanges" src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/04/TrackChanges.gif" alt="" width="209" height="175" /></a></li>
<li>Update the information, if necessary.</li>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<h3>Change the Tracking Options</h3>
<p>If you don’t particularly like seeing deletions as <span style="color: #ff0000;"><span style="text-decoration: line-through;">red strikethroughs</span></span> and insertions as <span style="color: #008000;"><span style="text-decoration: underline;">green underlines</span></span>, change them.</p>
<ol>
<li>In the <strong>Review Tab</strong>, click the <strong>Track Changes</strong> drop down and select <strong>“Change Tracking Options&#8230;”</strong>.  You’ll get a dialog box where you can make a ton of changes if you want.<br />
<a href="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/04/changeTracking1.gif"><img class="alignnone size-full wp-image-61" title="changeTracking" src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/04/changeTracking1.gif" alt="" width="208" height="163" /></a></li>
<li>Make changes to how you want your tracking displayed.</li>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<h3>Add the Track Changes button to your Status Bar</h3>
<ol>
<li><em>Right Click</em> the <strong>Status Bar</strong> to open the <strong>Customize Status Bar</strong> menu.</li>
<li>Select <strong>Track Changes</strong>.<br />
<a href="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/04/statusBar.gif"><img class="alignnone size-medium wp-image-50" title="statusBar" src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/04/statusBar-300x120.gif" alt="" width="300" height="120" /></a></li>
<li>Turn <strong>Track Changes</strong> on and off by clicking the button (a bit easier than remembering which ribbon it’s in).</li>
</ol>
<h3>Why Track Changes?</h3>
<ul>
<li>You probably won’t remember where you’ve made your changes, especially subtle differences.</li>
<li>If more than one person is doing an edit (and he/she has enabled Track Changes) you can see who made what change, when, by hovering the mouse over the change.<br />
<a href="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/04/popup1.gif"><img class="alignnone size-full wp-image-52" title="popup" src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/04/popup1.gif" alt="" width="298" height="113" /></a></li>
<li>You can accept/reject changes individually. Think of it as selective Undo.</li>
<li>Just look at all the colors!</li>
</ul>
<p><em>Tracking changes and collaborating on documents is covered in Webucator&#8217;s <a href="http://www.webucator.com/net/course/advanced-microsoft-word-2007-training.cfm" target="_blank">Advanced Microsoft Word 2007 Class</a>.</em></p>
<img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~4/oaKglDhiKq8" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/04/10/tracking-changes-in-microsoft-word-2007/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/04/10/tracking-changes-in-microsoft-word-2007/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>Excel: Selecting Cells Made Easy</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~3/mWvpnz8PzFk/</link>
		<comments>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/04/09/excel-selecting-cells-made-easy/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 09 Apr 2010 19:38:39 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Nance</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Excel]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://office.blogs.webucator.com/?p=38</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[The Mystery of the Runaway Mouse: Solved! Have you ever tried to select just certain cells in Excel and before you knew it, you were down at row 2002? You can spend a great deal of frustrating time selecting just the right cells &#8211; you can go down too far, then go up too far, [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="tweetmeme_button" style="float: right; margin-left: 10px;">
			<a href="http://api.tweetmeme.com/share?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2010%2F04%2F09%2Fexcel-selecting-cells-made-easy%2F"><br />
				<img src="http://api.tweetmeme.com/imagebutton.gif?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2010%2F04%2F09%2Fexcel-selecting-cells-made-easy%2F&amp;style=normal&amp;b=2" height="61" width="50" /><br />
			</a>
		</div>
<p>The Mystery of the Runaway Mouse: Solved!</p>
<p>Have you ever tried to select just certain cells in Excel and before you knew it, you were down at row 2002?  You can spend a great deal of frustrating time selecting just the right cells &#8211; you can go down too far, then go up too far, too far to the left, or too far to the right &#8211; that is what I call the runaway mouse.<span id="more-38"></span> Maybe you know the trick that you can click in the first cell, hold down the <strong>Shift </strong>key, then click in the last cell and release the <strong>Shift </strong>key.  If the sequence of the keystrokes is just right (and I mean perfect) then you get what you want.</p>
<p>But I have a much simpler way to select a range of cells in Excel.  It is the <strong>F8</strong> key &#8211; just one keystroke with no sequential movements.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click in the first cell that you want.</li>
<li>Tap the <strong>F8 </strong>key once and let it up.</li>
<li>Click in the last cell that you want.</li>
</ol>
<p>Now you have your range of cells!  You can name that range of cells by clicking once in the name box area, typing in a name and pressing <strong>Enter</strong>.</p>
<p><a href="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/04/Excel-Name-Box.gif"><img class="alignnone size-full wp-image-39" src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/04/Excel-Name-Box.gif" alt="Excel Name Box" width="291" height="144" /></a></p>
<p>To stop the highlighting, simply press the <strong>ESC</strong> key and you are free to mouse into any cell you want without continuing the selection process.  Instantly, you are back into the normal mouse.</p>
<p>Use your newly named range in any of the formulas that you want.</p>
<p><em>Learn more easy tricks in our </em><a href="http://www.webucator.com/net/excel.cfm"><em>Excel classes</em></a><em>.</em></p>
<p><em><strong>To hear about the latest Office 2010 news, blogs, and training, subscribe to our newsletter. Click <a href="http://www.webucator.com/webunews/index.cfm">here</a> to subscribe.</strong></em></p>
<img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~4/mWvpnz8PzFk" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/04/09/excel-selecting-cells-made-easy/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/04/09/excel-selecting-cells-made-easy/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>The Excel 2007 ribbon – a totally new look!!!</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~3/MrWHp8eCHSI/</link>
		<comments>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/03/31/excel-2007-ribbon-a-totally-new-look/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 31 Mar 2010 15:47:34 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Nance</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Excel]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://office.blogs.webucator.com/?p=25</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[You just loaded Office 2007 on your computer and opened Excel 2007 and what is this that you are seeing?  Where is your menu bar and the toolbars?  How are you going to be able to get anything done now that the look is totally different?  Well, Microsoft decided that instead of memorizing where all [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="tweetmeme_button" style="float: right; margin-left: 10px;">
			<a href="http://api.tweetmeme.com/share?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2010%2F03%2F31%2Fexcel-2007-ribbon-a-totally-new-look%2F"><br />
				<img src="http://api.tweetmeme.com/imagebutton.gif?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2010%2F03%2F31%2Fexcel-2007-ribbon-a-totally-new-look%2F&amp;style=normal&amp;b=2" height="61" width="50" /><br />
			</a>
		</div>
<p>You just loaded Office 2007 on your computer and opened Excel 2007 and what is this that you are seeing?  Where is your menu bar and the toolbars?  How are you going to be able to get anything done now that the look is totally different?  Well, Microsoft decided<span id="more-25"></span> that instead of memorizing where all of the shortcuts and great tools are hidden they would now put them out there on &#8220;ribbons&#8221; for us to be able to spot with just a glance.  But how do you know which ribbon you should be looking at?  When you open Excel, you see seven ribbons.  The <strong>Home </strong>ribbon has the most common tools that you will use when you are creating an Excel spreadsheet.  And most of the buttons on this ribbon have drop-down arrows that will give you more choices so there is less memorization needed.</p>
<p><a href="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/03/home-ribbon.gif"><img class="alignnone size-full wp-image-26" src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/03/home-ribbon.gif" alt="Home Ribbon in Excel 2007" width="610" height="50" /></a></p>
<p>The rest of ribbons are organized logically by topics.  And more ribbons appear as you need them.  For example, assume you are working with the following simple list in Excel 2007:</p>
<p><a href="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/03/list.gif"><img class="alignnone size-full wp-image-27" src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/03/list.gif" alt="Simple List" width="114" height="98" /></a></p>
<p>Put your cursor inside your list and go to the <strong>Insert </strong>ribbon and click on <strong>Table </strong>button in the first section of that ribbon.</p>
<p><a href="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/03/TableButton.gif"><img class="alignnone size-full wp-image-28" src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/03/TableButton.gif" alt="" width="200" height="92" /></a></p>
<p>Now your list is converted to a table and a new <strong>Table Tools Design </strong>ribbon appears to the right of the <strong>View </strong>ribbon. The <strong>Table Tools Design </strong>ribbon provides buttons to accomplish the common formatting tasks that you do with a list for ease of comprehension.  Right next to the column headings, there are drop-down arrows which allow you to filter your list to show just what you were looking for. Now you can even have Excel check for duplicates in your lists.  Look for <strong>Remove Duplicates </strong>in the <strong>Table Tools Design </strong>ribbon.</p>
<p>These are just so many new features that are now available with a click:</p>
<ul>
<li> Build a chart with just one click (<strong>Insert </strong>ribbon).</li>
<li>Check the cell references of your formulas using the formula auditing tools <strong>(Formula </strong>ribbon).</li>
<li>Add new Smart Graphics (<strong>Insert </strong>ribbon again).</li>
</ul>
<p>What wonderful tools to be able to make those spreadsheets more  professional in appearance.  It may take a little time getting use to  the new ribbons in Excel, but it is definitely worth the effort.</p>
<p><em>The ribbon is covered in  Webucator&#8217;s <a href="http://www.webucator.com/net/course/introduction-microsoft-excel-2007-training.cfm"> Introduction to Microsoft Excel 2007 class</a>.</em></p>
<p><em><strong>To hear about the latest Office 2010 news, blogs, and training, subscribe to our newsletter. Click <a href="http://www.webucator.com/webunews/index.cfm">here</a> to subscribe.</strong></em></p>
<img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~4/MrWHp8eCHSI" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/03/31/excel-2007-ribbon-a-totally-new-look/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/03/31/excel-2007-ribbon-a-totally-new-look/</feedburner:origLink></item>
		<item>
		<title>Reuse styles across Microsoft Word 2007 documents</title>
		<link>http://feedproxy.google.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~3/hAyMShOwltA/</link>
		<comments>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/03/30/reuse-styles-across-word-documents/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 30 Mar 2010 16:38:29 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Steve Sopchak</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Word]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://office.blogs.webucator.com/?p=9</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[OK, you&#8217;ve just spent quite a while getting the titles for your Microsoft Word document just right. You&#8217;ve tweaked the font and font size. You&#8217;ve applied Small Caps (I love Small Caps in titles). And you&#8217;ve added some extra spacing, and maybe a border, before and after the title. A masterpiece! Something you&#8217;d like to [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div class="tweetmeme_button" style="float: right; margin-left: 10px;">
			<a href="http://api.tweetmeme.com/share?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2010%2F03%2F30%2Freuse-styles-across-word-documents%2F"><br />
				<img src="http://api.tweetmeme.com/imagebutton.gif?url=http%3A%2F%2Foffice.blogs.webucator.com%2F2010%2F03%2F30%2Freuse-styles-across-word-documents%2F&amp;style=normal&amp;b=2" height="61" width="50" /><br />
			</a>
		</div>
<p>OK, you&#8217;ve just spent quite a while getting the titles for your Microsoft Word document just right. You&#8217;ve tweaked the font and font size. You&#8217;ve applied Small Caps (I love Small Caps in titles). And you&#8217;ve added some extra spacing, and maybe a border, before and after the title.<span id="more-9"></span></p>
<p>A masterpiece!</p>
<p>Something you&#8217;d like to be able to reuse in other Microsoft Word documents.</p>
<p>You could write down all your settings and apply them to text in the new document. You could copy some of the formatted text and paste it the new document, using the format painter to copy you settings. Or you could just create a new <strong>Quick Style</strong>.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select the text with the formatting you want to copy.</li>
<li>Click the <strong>More </strong>button next to the <strong>Style Gallery </strong>on the <strong>Home </strong>tab. This will display all the styles, and the option to create a new <strong>Quick Style</strong>.<strong><br />
</strong><strong><a href="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/03/More_Button.gif"><img class="size-full wp-image-13 alignnone" src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/03/More_Button.gif" alt="" width="120" height="78" /></a></strong></li>
<li>Click &#8220;<strong>Save Selection as New Quick Style&#8230;</strong>&#8221;<br />
<a href="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/03/sjs_03-2010-03-30-11.42.gif"><img class="alignnone size-full wp-image-14" src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/03/sjs_03-2010-03-30-11.42.gif" alt="" width="249" height="69" /></a></li>
<li>Give it a name a little more meaningful that &#8220;<strong>Style1</strong>&#8220;.</li>
<li>Click the <strong>Modify&#8230;</strong> button.</li>
<li>Towards the bottom of the dialog box, select &#8220;<strong>New documents based on this template.</strong>&#8221;<br />
<a href="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/03/New_Doc.gif"><img class="alignnone size-medium wp-image-15" src="http://office.blogs.webucator.com/files/2010/03/New_Doc-300x26.gif" alt="" width="300" height="26" /></a></li>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong>.<img src="/Users/Sopchaks/AppData/Local/Temp/moz-screenshot-2.png" alt="" /></li>
</ol>
<p>From now on, whenever you create a new document in Microsoft Word, the style you created will be available in the <strong>Style Gallery</strong>.  Give it a try and let me know (via a comment) if you have any questions.</p>
<p><em>Customizing formatting with styles and themes is covered in Webucator&#8217;s <a href="http://www.webucator.com/net/course/intermediate-microsoft-word-2007-training.cfm">Intermediate Microsoft Word class</a>.</em></p>
<p><em><strong>To hear about the latest Office 2010 news, blogs, and training, subscribe to our newsletter. Click <a href="http://www.webucator.com/webunews/index.cfm">here</a> to subscribe.</strong></em></p>
<img src="http://feeds.feedburner.com/~r/MicrosoftOfficeTrainingBlog/~4/hAyMShOwltA" height="1" width="1"/>]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/03/30/reuse-styles-across-word-documents/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>2</slash:comments>
		<feedburner:origLink>http://office.blogs.webucator.com/2010/03/30/reuse-styles-across-word-documents/</feedburner:origLink></item>
	</channel>
</rss>

